Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
i
LIVING CONDITION AND SOCIAL EXCLUSION OF NON-SCHEDULED TRIBAL
COMMUNITIES IN PUDUCHERRY DISTRICT, PUDUCHERRY UNION
TERRITORY
Thesis submitted to Pondicherry University in fulfilment
of the requirement for the Award of
the Degree of
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
IN
SOCIAL WORK
Submitted by
A. BAGAVATHI RAJA
(R29476)
Under the guidance and supervision of
Dr. C. SATHEESH KUMAR
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL SCIENCES AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
PONDICHERRY UNIVERSITY
(A CENTRAL UNIVERSITY)
PUDUCHERRY - 605 014
APRIL - 2018
ii
PONDICHERRY UNIVERSITY
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK
Dr. C. SATHEESH KUMAR. MSW, PhD GF-II, SILVER JUBILEE CAMPUS
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR R. VENKATARAMAN NAGAR
KALAPET
PUDUCHERRY – 605 014
MOBILE: 94444 70765
Email: [email protected]
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that the thesis entitled “Living Condition and Social
Exclusion of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in Puducherry District,
Puducherry Union Territory” submitted for the award of Degree of Doctor of
Philosophy in Social Work is a record of original research done by
Mr. A. Bagavathi Raja during the period of his study 2012-2018 in the Department of
Social Work, School of Social Sciences and International Studies, Pondicherry
University under my supervision and guidance and that the thesis has not formed before
the basis for the award of any degree, diploma, associateship or any other similar titles.
Place : Puducherry Dr. C. SATHEESH KUMAR
Date : 05/ 04 / 2018 (Research Supervisor)
Head Dean
Department of Social Work SSSIS
iii
Mr. A. BAGAVATHI RAJA
UGC - RGNF – SENIOR RESEARCH FELLOW
PhD RESEARCH SCHOLAR
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL SCIENCES AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
PONDICHERRY UNIVERSITY
PUDUCHERRY – 605 014
DECLARATION
I, A. Bagavathi Raja (R29476) hereby declare that the thesis entitled “Living
Condition and Social Exclusion of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in
Puducherry District, Puducherry Union Territory” submitted to the Pondicherry
University in fulfilment of the requirement for the award of the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy in Social Work, is a record of original research done by me under the
supervision and guidance of Dr. C. Satheesh Kumar, Assistant Professor, Department
of Social Work, School of Social Sciences and International Studies, Pondicherry
University and that the thesis has not formed before the basis for the award of any
degree, diploma, associateship or any other similar titles. I have duly acknowledged all
the sources used by me in the preparation of this dissertation.
Place : Puducherry (A. BAGAVATHI RAJA)
Date : 05 / 04 / 2018 Research Scholar
iv
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
It would not be possible without the support of many people who have contributed for
the completion of this doctoral thesis. First and Foremost, I would like to thank my
beloved Guide and Mentor Dr. C. Satheesh Kumar, Assistant Professor, Department
of Social Work, Pondicherry University for his continuous support, motivation, candid
guidance and freedom for the completion of the this doctoral thesis. It would not be
possible to complete this work without the consistent scholarly inputs given by him. I
wholeheartedly thank you sir for the support you rendered me throughout my academic
journey, since my Master of Social Work (04.08.2010) to till date of my Ph.D.
My Special thanks goes to Dr. P.B. Shankar Narayan, Assistant Professor,
Department of Social Work, Pondicherry University who always encourages me to do
perform well in my academic pursuit.
My special thanks goes to Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment,
Government of India for selecting my candidature and awarding prestigious Rajiv
Gandhi National Fellowship for Scheduled Caste / Scheduled Tribe – 2011 (RGNF),
and rendering financial support to complete my PhD.
I would like to thank Dr. A. Shahin Sultana, Associate Professor & Head (i/c),
Dr. K. Anbu, and Dr. Iftekhar Alam, Assistant Professors, Department of Social
Work for their continuous and consistent encouragement I received throughout the
academic life.
I would like to acknowledge my Doctoral Committee Members Dr. Jesurathnam
Devarapalli, Assistant Professor, Department of Anthropology and Dr. R. Nalini,
Associate Professor, Department of Social Work who gave valuable inputs for the
completion of my thesis work.
I thank Dr. Thanuja Mummidi, Assistant Professor & Centre Head (i/c), Centre for
Study of Social Exclusion and Inclusive Policy, Pondicherry University. She is the one
who introduced me the status of tribal communities living in Puducherry and candidly
guided me to take up this thesis work.
v
I am very much thankful to Mr. Mathiyalagan, Section Officer, Special Reservation
Cell, Pondicherry University for rendering his fullest administrative support in
providing Rajiv Gandhi National Fellowship.
I thank Dr. A. Mani, Assistant Professor, Centre for Study of Social Exclusion and
Inclusive Policy, Gandhigram Rural Institute (Deemed to be University), Gandhigram,
Dindigul for his valuable support in preparing questionnaire and methodological part
in my research work.
I thank Mr. Muthusamy, Junior Assistant and Mrs. Aravalli, Office Assistant for their
concern over my personal development, administrative matters and timely support.
I am indebted and very much delighted to have my friends Mr. F. Jayachandran,
Research Officer, Auro Society, Puducherry and Mr. Madhusudanan, Research
Scholars, Department of Social Work and Mr. P.R. Vinothkumar, Research Scholar,
Centre for Study of Social Exclusion and Inclusive Policy for meticulously helping me
in the statistical analysis and also for their consistent motivation for completion the
thesis.
I am very much grateful to my beloved brothers and sisters Dr. I. Jerry Richards,
Assistant Professor, Department of Social Work, Kristu Jayanti College (Autonomous),
Bangaloru, Dr. V. Gurumoorthy, Assistant Professor, Department of Social Work,
Central University of Karnataka, Dr. A. Alan Godfrey, Assistant Professor, St.
Joseph’s College (Autonoumous), Bangaloru, Dr. M. Sivamoorthy, Assistant
Professor & Head (i/c), Department of Social Work, Kodaikanal Christian College,
Kodaikanal, Dr. Maria Antony Raj, Assistant Professor, Department of Social Work,
American College, Madurai, Dr. M. Remya, Project Technical Officer, ICMR,
Bangalore, Mr. Boominathan Project Fellow, JIPMER, Mrs. Kreeshma (Medical and
Psychiatric Counsellor, JIPMER, Dr. A. Stalin Project Fellow, JIPMER, Puducherry,
Dr. M. Siva, Co-Founder, TYCL, Puducherry and my Co-Research Scholars
Mr. Ashok Alexander, Dr. Justin. P.J, Dr. Poornima, Dr. Shanuga Cherayi,
Ms. Sujitha Mr. Arul Octovin, Mrs. Akhila, Mrs. Dhanalakshmi, Mr. Hilal,
Mr, Krishnakumar, Mr. S. Prasath, Mr. M. Sadhish, Mrs. Selvi Nithiya, and
Mrs. Ursula for morally supporting me throughout my academic journey since 2012.
vi
My Special thanks goes to Research Scholars of Department of Social Work,
Pondicherry University, Mrs. K. Umadevi for her encouraging words, Mr. T. Mirshad
Rahman and Mr. V. Ramana Murthy Gedda for their continuous motivation to
complete the thesis.
I am very much grateful to Dr. M. Soundharajan UGC – Senior Research Fellow for
bringing my thesis to neat and final position and he is the person who travelled along
with my academic pursuit since MSW, 2008.
My heartfelt thanks and gratitude go to Mr. J. Rajan, Ph.D Research Scholar, Dept of
Anthropology for taking care of me during my thesis writing. In fact, he rendered his
fullest support immensely in the form of motivating words.
I am also very much grateful to Mr. S. Sakthee Ananth, Ph.D Research Scholar,
Centre for Study of Social Exclusion and Inclusive Policy, Mr. S. Irusan, Lawyer,
Branch High Court, Puducherry, Mr. Jayachandran Boomiyanpet Constituency
Secretary, Viduthalai Chiruthaigal Party (VCK), Puducherry, Mr. Sathiyaraj,
Research Scholar, Dept of Economics, Pondicherry University, Mr. M.
Silambarasan, Goods Guard, Southern Railways for their encouraging words and
consistent discussion on the condition of Tribal Communities in Puducherry.
This work would not have been accomplished without the help of a Team of Members
Mr. Amaravelu, Mr. Arun Praveen, Ms. Deepa, Ms. Kanmani, Mr. Nirvas, Mr.
Parthasarathy, Ms. Priyanga and Ms. Vensin Mary - the Students of Master of
Social Work (2015 – 2017 Batch), Department of Social Work for assisting me during
data collection. I duly acknowledge them with a sense of gratitude.
With a sense of immense gratitude, I thank Mr. Ramkumar, State President,
Puducherry Scheduled Tribe People’s Federation (PSTPF), Puducherry and its Office
members Mr. Ravi and Mr. Purushothaman, Secretary, who helped me to develop a
rapport with the other tribal villages’ heads and the respondents. Hence, I am grateful
and thank all the participants of the study. Without them, it would not be possible to
complete this thesis work.
I submit my bunch of gratitude to my beloved Parents Mr. (late) V. Alagumalai,
Mrs. (late) P. Nagammal and Mrs. P. Andichiammal who sowed the seed in my mind
vii
from my childhood and insisted me to get the highest academic degree. For my
academic pursuit, they rendered their fullest support in the form of finance, moral
support and encouragement. They used to enquire me about the progress my thesis work
and encouraged me at every stage my personal and academic life. Without them I am
nothing in this world.
I extend my sincere and heartfelt gratitude to my beloved Better-half Mrs. Kalpana
Sivasubramaniyan, Deputy Manager (Specialist Cadre), State Bank of India,
Kunnathur Branch, Tirupur District, my Princess B.K. Thaneesha @ Bhuvaneshwari
and B.K. Hanisha @ Bagavathi, my mother-in-law Mrs. Dhavamani
Sivasubramaniyan who always stood by and motivated me to complete the thesis
work. Without their moral support, this piece of work would not be possible. I am
deeply indebted to them and acknowledge their support.
I owe my gratitude to Mr. P. Dhiraviyam, Mr. A. Balamurugan, Ms. P. Pandi Selvi
and Mrs. M. Muthumari for entering such a huge volume of data within a short span
of time accurately.
I owe my special thanks to my cousins Mrs. S. Muniyammal, PG Teacher,
Government Girls Higher Secondary School, Vedasandur, Dindigul and Mr. B.
Muthuraja, Secretary, International Human Rights Organisation, Nilakottai Branch,
Dindigul, Mrs. P. Dhavamani, Staff Nurse, for their continuous encouragement for
completing my thesis.
I thank the Almighty for providing me the strength, courage, good health and wisdom
to complete the thesis work successfully.
Date: 05 / 04 / 2018 (A. BAGAVATHI RAJA)
viii
CONTENTS
CERTIFICATE ............................................................................................................ ii
DECLARATION......................................................................................................... iii
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT .......................................................................................... iv
CONTENTS............................................................................................................... viii
LIST OF TABLES ................................................................................................... xvii
LIST OF FIGURES ................................................................................................... xx
LIST OF MAPS......................................................................................................... xxi
ACRONYMS ............................................................................................................ xxii
CHAPTER – 1
INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................ 1
1.1. Indigenous Population: Global Scenario ............................................................. 1
1.1.1. Article 21 ..................................................................................................... 2
1.1.2. Article 23 ..................................................................................................... 2
1.2. Tribal Scenario in India ....................................................................................... 2
1.3. Nomenclature of Scheduled Tribes in the Census Enumeration ......................... 3
1.4. Meaning of Tribes in India .................................................................................. 4
1.5. Tribal Administration and Development during British Rule ............................. 4
1.5.1. Concept of Excluded and Partially Excluded Tribal Areas ......................... 5
1.6. Tribal Administration after Independent of India - 1947 .................................... 6
1.6.1. Jawaharlal Nehru’s Policy on Tribal Administration – ‘Panchaseel’ .......... 7
1.6.2. Fifth Schedule Areas – Concept .................................................................. 8
1.6.3. Criteria for Declaring Scheduled Areas ....................................................... 8
1.6.4. Special Provisions for Fifth Schedule Areas ............................................... 8
1.7. Sixth Schedule – Tribal Areas ........................................................................... 13
1.7.1. The Birth and Spirit of the Sixth Schedule ................................................ 14
ix
1.7.2. Recommendations of Bordoloi Sub-Committee ........................................ 14
1.7.3. The District Council ................................................................................... 14
1.7.4. Village Council .......................................................................................... 15
1.8. Development of Scheduled Tribes through Five Year Plans in India ............... 16
1.8.1. First Five Year Plan (1951 – 1956)............................................................ 18
1.8.2. Second Five Year Plan (1956 – 1961) ....................................................... 18
1.8.3. Third Five Year Plan (1961 – 1966) .......................................................... 19
1.8.4. Fourth Five Year Plan (1969 – 1974) ........................................................ 19
1.8.5. Fifth Five Year Plan (1974 – 1979) ........................................................... 20
1.8.6. Sixth Five Year Plan (1980 – 1985) .......................................................... 21
1.8.7. Seventh Five Year Plan (1985 – 1990) ...................................................... 21
1.8.8. Eighth Five Year Plan (1992 – 1997) ........................................................ 22
1.8.9. Ninth Five Year Plan (1997 – 2002) .......................................................... 23
1.8.10. Tenth Five Year Plan (2002 – 2007) ........................................................ 23
1.8.11. Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007 – 2012) ................................................... 24
1.9. Scheduled Tribes Development through Tribal Sub Plan ................................. 24
1.10. Commissions and Committees Appointed for Examining the Tribal
Development ............................................................................................................ 26
1.11. Scheduling the Tribes and Constitutional Amendments ................................. 32
1.11.1. Criteria laid down for selecting a Tribe ................................................... 33
1.12. Demographic Profile of Scheduled Tribes as per 2011 Census ...................... 33
1.13. Social Exclusion of Scheduled Tribes in India ............................................... 38
1.14. Concept of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities ............................................ 39
1.15. An Overview of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in Puducherry Union
Territory ................................................................................................................... 42
1.15.1. Place of Residence and Plight of Tribal Communities ............................ 42
x
1.15.2. Formation of Tribal Welfare Federation .................................................. 43
1.15.3. Total Population of the Tribal Communities ........................................... 45
1.15.4. French Colonies and the events of their mergence with India ................. 45
1.15.5. Evidences on the Prevalence of Tribal Communities in Puducherry ...... 45
1.15.6. Attainment of Recognition as Backward Tribe ....................................... 47
1.15.7. Conclusion of the Field Visit ................................................................... 49
1.15.8. Puducherry Union Territory Administration’s stand on Non-Scheduled
Tribal Communities ............................................................................................. 49
1.15.9. Exclusion of Puducherry Tribal Communities in the British Period ....... 51
1.16. Concept of Living Condition........................................................................... 52
1.16.1. Indicators used for measuring Living Condition ..................................... 52
1.17. Social Exclusion .............................................................................................. 53
1.17.1. Conceptualization of Social Exclusion .................................................... 54
1.17.2. Definitions of Social Exclusion ............................................................... 55
1.17.3. Social Exclusion in Indian Context.......................................................... 56
1.18. Need and Scope of the study ........................................................................... 57
CHAPTER – 2
REVIEW OF LITERATURE ................................................................................... 59
2.1. Introduction ....................................................................................................... 59
2.2. Social and Economic Development of Tribal Communities ............................. 59
2.3. Educational Status of Tribal Communities ....................................................... 61
2.4. Employment Status of Tribal Communities ...................................................... 63
2.5. Health and Sanitation of Tribal Communities .................................................. 64
2.6. Living Condition of Tribal Communities.......................................................... 65
2.7. Deprivation and Social Exlcusion of Tribal Communities ............................... 69
2.8. Welfare Measures and Tribal Development...................................................... 73
xi
2.9. Reviews Related to Social Exclusion ................................................................ 75
2.10. Conclusion ....................................................................................................... 77
2.11. Research Gap................................................................................................... 77
CHAPTER – 3
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY ............................................................................. 78
3.1. Introduction ....................................................................................................... 78
3.2. Title of the Study ............................................................................................... 78
3.3. Significance of the Study .................................................................................. 78
3.4. Statement of the Problem .................................................................................. 79
3.5. Research Questions ........................................................................................... 80
3.6. Aim of the Study ............................................................................................... 80
3.7. Specific Objectives ............................................................................................ 81
3.8. Hypotheses ........................................................................................................ 81
3.9. Conceptual Definitions ...................................................................................... 82
3.9.1. Scheduled Tribes ........................................................................................ 82
3.9.2. Social Exclusion......................................................................................... 82
3.10. Operational Definitions ................................................................................... 82
3.10.1. Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities ....................................................... 82
3.10.2. Living Condition ...................................................................................... 82
3.10.3. Social Exclusion....................................................................................... 82
3.10.4. Puducherry District .................................................................................. 83
3.10.5. Respondents ............................................................................................. 83
3.10.6. Generational Age Classification .............................................................. 83
3.11. Research Design .............................................................................................. 83
3.12. Universe of the Study ...................................................................................... 84
3.13. Study Population ............................................................................................. 84
xii
3.14. Unit of the Study ............................................................................................. 85
3.15. Selection of Sample and Sampling Design ..................................................... 85
3.16. Sampling Technique ........................................................................................ 85
3.17. Inclusion Criteria ............................................................................................. 86
3.18. Exclusion Criteria ............................................................................................ 86
3.19. Field of the Study ............................................................................................ 86
3.20. Tools of Data Collection ................................................................................. 90
3.21. Pilot Study and Pre-Testing of Tools .............................................................. 90
3.22. Method of Data Collection .............................................................................. 91
3.23. Ethical Consideration ...................................................................................... 91
3.24. Informed Consent ............................................................................................ 91
3.25. Statistical Tool applied for Data Analysis....................................................... 92
3.26. Limitations of the Study .................................................................................. 92
3.27. Suggestions for Future Research ..................................................................... 92
3.28. Chapterization ................................................................................................. 93
CHAPTER – 4
DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION ...................................................... 94
4.1. Socio-Demographic Profile of the Respondents and Family Members ............ 94
4.1.1. Respondent’s Place of Residence, Community and Sex ........................... 94
4.1.2. Age Group, Tribal Community and Sex of the Respondents .................... 96
4.1.3. Tribal Community and Educational Status of the Respondents ................ 98
4.1.4. Classes at Which the Respondents Dropped out of the Schooling ............ 99
4.1.5. Reasons for Illiteracy and Dropout of the Respondents .......................... 100
4.1.6. Occupation of the Respondents based on the Tribal Community............ 102
4.1.7. Weekly Earnings of the Respondents with respect to Occupation .......... 103
4.1.8. Marital Status of the Respondents with respect to Sex ............................ 105
xiii
4.1.9. Land Ownership of the Respondents with respect to the Community and
Place of Residence ............................................................................................. 106
4.1.10. Total Number Family Members and their Place of Residence .............. 108
4.1.11. Family Members with respect to their Tribal Community and Place of
Residence ........................................................................................................... 109
4.1.12. Age Group and Sex of the Total Family Members ................................ 112
4.1.13. Educational Status of the Family Members ........................................... 113
4.1.14. Number of Children below 5 Years of Age ........................................... 113
4.1.15. Class at which the Family members dropped out of Schooling............. 114
4.1.16. Details of the School Going Children .................................................... 115
4.1.17. Occupation of the Total Family Members ............................................. 116
4.1.18. Prevalence of Disability among the Family Members ........................... 116
4.1.19. Possession of Community Certificate among the Family Members ...... 117
4.1.20. Availability of Voter Identity Card among the Family Members .......... 118
4.1.21. Availability of Aadhaar Card among the Family Members ................... 119
4.1.22. Eligible Family Members Accessing Welfare / Social Security Schemes
............................................................................................................................ 120
4.1.23. Educational Status of Total Family Members with respect to the Age Group
............................................................................................................................ 122
4.1.24. Generational Timeline Analysis with respect to the Educational Status of
the Family Members .......................................................................................... 123
4.1.25. Educational Status and Reasons for Illiteracy and Dropout of the Family
Members ............................................................................................................ 126
4.1.26. Availability of Identity Documents Issued by Government to the
Respondents ....................................................................................................... 127
4.1.27. Respondents Having Bank Account ...................................................... 131
4.1.28. Quality of the House .............................................................................. 132
4.1.32. Quality of the House with respect to Tribal Communities .................... 133
xiv
4.1.30. Ownership and Location of the House ................................................... 134
4.1.34. Available Dwelling Rooms for Comfortable Sleeping .......................... 135
4.1.32. Availability of Independent Study Room for Children .......................... 136
4.1.33. Available Amenities in the House ......................................................... 137
4.1.34. Independent Room for Kitchen and Fuel for Cooking .......................... 139
4.1.35. Television and its Types ........................................................................ 140
4.1.36. Mobile Phone and Its Types .................................................................. 141
4.1.37. Individual Usage of Mobile Phones among the Respondents ............... 142
4.1.38. Availability of Mixer, Grinder, Fan and Refrigerator............................ 142
4.1.39. Livestock and Its Usage ......................................................................... 143
4.2. Livelihood, Technical Skills and Indebtedness among Tribal Communities . 144
4.2.1. Traditional Occupation of the Family ...................................................... 144
4.2.2. Present Occupation of the Tribal Family ................................................. 145
4.2.3. Reasons for Occupational Change ........................................................... 146
4.2.4. Possession of Technical Skill by the Respondents .................................. 147
4.2.5. Indebtedness Status .................................................................................. 148
4.2.6. Debt Amount of the Family ..................................................................... 149
4.2.7. Reasons for the indebtedness ................................................................... 150
4.2.8. Sources of Availing Loan ........................................................................ 151
4.2.9. Availing Loan by Mortgaging ................................................................. 152
4.3. Health and Sanitation ...................................................................................... 153
4.3.1. Solid Waste Management in the Households .......................................... 153
4.3.2. Consumption of One Square Meal in a Day ............................................ 154
4.3.3. Sufferings from sickness .......................................................................... 155
4.3.4. Type of Sickness ...................................................................................... 156
4.3.5. Mode of Medication ................................................................................. 157
xv
4.3.6. Health Care Workers Visit ....................................................................... 158
4.4. Awareness and Availing Welfare Schemes .................................................... 159
4.4.1. Respondents Availing Welfare Schemes ................................................. 159
4.4.2. Children Going to Anganwadi ................................................................. 160
4.4.3. Employment under MGNREG Scheme ................................................... 161
4.4.4. Awareness on One percent Reservation .................................................. 162
4.4.5. Admission in Educational Institution through One Percent Reservation 163
4.4.6. Admission of Children under Right to Education (RTE) Provision ........ 164
4.4.7. House Construction under Government Scheme ..................................... 165
4.5. Hypotheses Testing ......................................................................................... 166
4.5.1. Chi-Square Test between Availability of Community Certificate and
Educational Status .............................................................................................. 166
4.5.2. Chi-Square Test between Educational Status and possession of Technical
Skills for venturing into a business .................................................................... 167
4.5.3. Chi-Square Test between Land Ownership and Indebtedness in the
households of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities .......................................... 168
4.5.4. Chi-Square Test between Educational Status and Awareness on One Per
cent Reservation extended for Development ..................................................... 169
4.5.5. Chi-Square Test between Consuming Meals Three Times per Day and
Suffering from Sickness ..................................................................................... 170
4.6. Discussion on Dimensions of Social Exclusion Experienced by the Non-
Scheduled Tribal Communities .............................................................................. 171
4.6.1. Political Exclusion and Lack of Identity Documents .............................. 171
4.6.2. Housing Condition and Material Deprivation.......................................... 172
4.6.3. Access to Government Welfare Schemes ................................................ 173
4.6.4. Education and Social Exclusion............................................................... 173
CHAPTER – 5
MAJOR FINDINGS AND SUGGESTIONS ......................................................... 175
xvi
5.1. Findings ........................................................................................................... 175
5.1.1. Social and Demographic Status of the Respondents belonging to Non-
Scheduled Tribal Community ............................................................................ 175
5.1.2. Economic and Livelihood Condition of the Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities ...................................................................................................... 178
5.1.3. Health and Sanitation of the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities ......... 179
5.1.4. Awareness and accessibility of Government Welfare Schemes .............. 180
5.1.5. Results of Chi-square Analysis ................................................................ 181
5.2. Suggestions...................................................................................................... 182
CHAPTER - 6
CONCLUSION ........................................................................................................ 184
REFERENCES ......................................................................................................... 186
ANNEXURE – I ....................................................................................................... 193
ANNEXURE - II ...................................................................................................... 201
xvii
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1.1 - SCHEDULED AREAS UNDER FIFTH SCHEDULE: DISTRICTS AND AREAS ...... 11
TABLE 1.2 - FIVE YEAR PLANS-WISE EXPENDITURE ON SCHEDULED TRIBES IN INDIA
................................................................................................................ 17
TABLE 1.3 - DEMOGRAPHIC STRUCTURE OF SCHEDULED TRIBES IN INDIA AS PER
2011 CENSUS .......................................................................................... 35
TABLE 1.4 - BRANCH ASSOCIATIONS OF PSTPF ........................................................... 44
TABLE 1.5 - DETAILS OF THE MERGER OF FRENCH COLONIES WITH INDIA ................... 45
TABLE 1.6 - LIST OF BACKWARD TRIBES IN PUDUCHERRY UNION TERRITORY............. 48
TABLE 4.1 - ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISION, TRIBAL COMMUNITY AND SEX OF THE
RESPONDENTS ......................................................................................... 95
TABLE 4.2 - AGE GROUP, TRIBAL COMMUNITY AND SEX OF THE RESPONDENTS.......... 97
TABLE 4.3 - REASONS FOR ILLITERACY AND DROP-OUT ............................................. 100
TABLE 4.4 - OCCUPATION AND TRIBAL COMMUNITY ................................................. 102
TABLE 4.5 - WEEKLY EARNINGS AND OCCUPATION OF THE RESPONDENTS ................ 104
TABLE 4.6 - SEX AND MARITAL STATUS OF THE RESPONDENTS ................................. 105
TABLE 4.7 - LAND OWNERSHIP, TRIBAL COMMUNITY AND ADMINISTRATIVE
DIVISION ............................................................................................... 106
TABLE: 4.8 - TOTAL FAMILY MEMBERS BASED ON ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISION AND
TRIBAL COMMUNITY ............................................................................. 110
TABLE: 4.9 - AGE GROUP AND SEX OF THE FAMILY MEMBERS ................................... 112
TABLE 4.10 - CHILDREN 5 YEARS AND BELOW ........................................................... 114
TABLE 4.11 - CLASS AT WHICH THE FAMILY MEMBERS DROPPED OUT OF SCHOOL .... 114
TABLE 4.12 - SCHOOL GOING OF CHILDREN ............................................................... 115
TABLE 4.13 - OCCUPATION OF THE TOTAL FAMILY MEMBERS ................................... 116
TABLE 4.14 - PREVALENCE OF DISABILITY AMONG THE FAMILY MEMBERS ............... 116
TABLE 4.15 - AGE-WISE AVAILABILITY OF COMMUNITY CERTIFICATE AMONG THE
FAMILY MEMBERS ................................................................................ 117
TABLE 4.16 - AVAILABILITY OF VOTER IDENTITY CARD AMONG THE TOTAL FAMILY
MEMBERS .............................................................................................. 118
TABLE 4.17 - AGE-WISE AVAILABILITY OF VOTER IDENTITY CARD ........................... 118
TABLE 4.18 - AVAILABILITY OF AADHAAR CARD AMONG THE FAMILY MEMBERS ..... 119
TABLE 4.19 - AGE-WISE AVAILABILITY OF AADHAAR CARD ...................................... 119
xviii
TABLE 4.20 - ELIGIBLE FAMILY MEMBERS ACCESSING WELFARE / SOCIAL SECURITY
SCHEMES ............................................................................................... 120
TABLE 4.21 - AGE GROUP AND EDUCATIONAL STATUS OF TOTAL FAMILY MEMBERS
.............................................................................................................. 122
TABLE 4.22 - GENERATIONAL TIMELINE ANALYSIS ON EDUCATIONAL STATUS OF
THE FAMILY MEMBERS OF NON-SCHEDULED TRIBAL COMMUNITIES ... 123
TABLE 4.23 - EDUCATIONAL STATUS AND REASONS FOR ILLITERACY AND DROPOUT
AMONG THE FAMILY MEMBERS ............................................................ 126
TABLE 4.24 - TRIBAL COMMUNITY-WISE AVAILABILITY OF IDENTITY DOCUMENTS .. 128
TABLE 4.25 – POSSESSION OF BANK ACCOUNT AMONG THE RESPONDENTS ............... 131
TABLE 4.26 - QUALITY OF THE HOUSE ........................................................................ 132
TABLE 4.27 - TRIBAL COMMUNITIES AND THE QUALITY OF HOUSE ............................ 133
TABLE 4.28 - OWNERSHIP AND LOCATION OF THE HOUSE .......................................... 134
TABLE 4.29 - SUFFICIENT ROOMS FOR COMFORTABLE SLEEPING AND AVAILABLE
ROOMS IN THE HOUSE ........................................................................... 135
TABLE 4.30 - AVAILABILITY OF INDEPENDENT ROOMS FOR CHILDREN TO STUDY ..... 136
TABLE 4.31 - AVAILABLE AMENITIES IN THE HOUSE .................................................. 137
TABLE 4.32 - INDEPENDENT ROOM FOR KITCHEN AND FUEL FOR COOKING ............... 139
TABLE 4.33 - AVAILABILITY OF TELEVISION AND ITS TYPES IN THE HOUSE ............... 140
TABLE 4.34 - AVAILABILITY OF MOBILE AND ITS TYPES IN THE HOUSE ..................... 141
TABLE 4.35 - INDIVIDUAL MOBILE FOR RESPONDENTS ............................................... 142
TABLE 4.36 - AVAILABILITY OF MIXER – WET GRINDER – TABLE FAN AND
REFRIGERATOR IN THE HOUSE .............................................................. 142
TABLE 4.37 - AVAILABILITY OF LIVESTOCK AND ITS USAGE IN THE HOUSE ............... 143
TABLE 4.38 - TRADITIONAL OCCUPATION OF THE TRIBAL FAMILY ............................ 144
TABLE 4.39 - PRESENT OCCUPATION OF THE TRIBAL FAMILIES FOR LIVELIHOOD ...... 145
TABLE 4.40 - REASONS FOR OCCUPATIONAL CHANGE FROM TRADITIONAL TO
PRESENT ................................................................................................ 146
TABLE 4.41 - POSSESSION OF TECHNICAL / SPECIAL SKILL FOR STARTING MICRO
LEVEL BUSINESS ................................................................................... 147
TABLE 4.42 - INDEBTEDNESS STATUS OF THE HOUSEHOLDS ....................................... 148
TABLE 4.43 - ACTUAL DEBT AMOUNT OF THE HOUSEHOLDS ..................................... 149
TABLE: 4.44 - REASONS FOR THE INDEBTEDNESS IN THE TRIBAL FAMILY................... 150
xix
TABLE 4.45 - SOURCES OF AVAILING LOAN ................................................................ 151
TABLE 4.46 - RESPONDENTS WHO AVAILED LOAN BY MORTGAGING THEIR
BELONGINGS ......................................................................................... 152
TABLE 4.47 - WASTE MANAGEMENT PATTERN .......................................................... 153
TABLE 4.48 - DISTRIBUTION OF RESPONDENTS BASED ON SUFFERINGS FROM
SICKNESS ............................................................................................... 155
TABLE 4.49 - TYPE OF SICKNESS ................................................................................. 156
TABLE 4.50 - MODE OF MEDICATION .......................................................................... 157
TABLE 4.51 - HEALTH CARE WORKERS VISIT TO THE LOCALITY ............................... 158
TABLE 4.52 - AVAILING OF WELFARE SCHEMES BY THE RESPONDENTS ..................... 159
TABLE 4.53 - TRIBAL HOUSEHOLDS SENDING CHILDREN TO ANGANWADI ................. 160
TABLE 4.54 - AVAILING EMPLOYMENT UNDER MGNREG SCHEME ........................... 161
TABLE 4.55 - AWARENESS ON ONE PERCENT RESERVATION ....................................... 162
TABLE 4.56 - ADMISSION IN EDUCATION INSTITUTION THROUGH ONE PERCENT
RESERVATION FOR WARDS OF RESPONDENTS ....................................... 163
TABLE 4.57 - UTILISATION OF RTE SCHEME AND ENROLMENT OF CHILDREN IN
PRIVATE SCHOOLS ................................................................................ 164
TABLE 4.58 - CONSTRUCTION OF HOUSES UNDER GOVERNMENT SCHEMES ............... 165
TABLE 4.59 - AVAILABILITY OF COMMUNITY CERTIFICATE AND EDUCATIONAL
STATUS ................................................................................................. 166
TABLE 4.60 - EDUCATIONAL STATUS AND POSSESSION OF TECHNICAL SKILLS TO
START A BUSINESS ................................................................................ 167
TABLE 4.61 - LAND OWNERSHIP AND INDEBTEDNESS IN THE FAMILY ........................ 168
TABLE 4.62 - EDUCATIONAL STATUS OF THE RESPONDENTS AND AWARENESS ON
ONE PER CENT RESERVATION FOR DEVELOPMENT ............................... 169
TABLE 4.63 – CONSUMPTION MEALS THREE TIMES PER DAY AND SUFFERING FROM
SICKNESS .............................................................................................. 170
xx
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 4.1 -TRIBAL COMMUNITY AND EDUCATIONAL STATUS OF THE RESPONDENTS
................................................................................................................ 98
FIGURE 4.2 - CLASSES AT WHICH THE RESPONDENTS DROPPED OUT OF SCHOOLING ... 99
FIGURE 4.3 - SEX-WISE DISTRIBUTION OF TOTAL FAMILY MEMBERS AND PLACE OF
RESIDENCE ............................................................................................ 108
FIGURE 4.4 - EDUCATIONAL STATUS OF THE FAMILY MEMBERS ................................ 113
FIGURE 4.5-AVAILABILITY OF COMMUNITY CERTIFICATE AMONG THE FAMILY
MEMBERS .............................................................................................. 117
FIGURE 4.6 - CONSUMPTION OF THREE TIMES MEAL PER DAY ................................... 154
xxi
LIST OF MAPS
MAP 1.1 – INDIA MAP SHOWING FIFTH SCHEDULE AREAS ........................................... 10
MAP 3.1 – LOCATION OF PUDUCHERRY UNION TERRITORY IN INDIA MAP ................... 88
MAP 3.2 – PUDUCHERRY DISTRICT MAP ....................................................................... 89
xxii
ACRONYMS
CWIQ - Core Welfare Indicator Questionnaire
HDI - Human Development Indices
HLC - High Level Committee
IRDP - Integrated Rural Development Programme
ITDPs - Integrated Tribal Development Programmes
LAMPS - Large Area Multi-Purpose Societies
MADA - Modified Area Development Approach
MBC - Most Backward Class
MGNREGS - Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme
NSFDC - National Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Finance and
Development Corporation
OBC - Other Backward Class
PSTPF - Puducherry Scheduled Tribe People’s Federation
SCP - Social and Cultural Planning
SMPTBs - Special Multi-Purpose Tribal Blocks
TDBs - Tribal Development Blocks
TRIFED - Tribal Cooperative Marketing Development Federation
TSP - Tribal Sub Plan
UNDRIP - United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous People
xxiii
Dedicated To
“The Tribal People who have been struggling against social exclusion and
demanding for recognition of their tribal identity from government of India. I pray God
Let their shoulders be strong enough to carry all the burdens, let their long years of
voice be heard and the vision comes true soon”.
1
CHAPTER – 1
INTRODUCTION
The Scheduled Tribes are one of the economically impoverished and marginalised
social groups in India. They are not discriminated against in the same way by the
mainstream Hindu population as the scheduled caste population in India (Dutta &
Mandal, 2011). While the latter group belongs to the lowest hierarchy of social order
and is often characterised impure and unclean, the Scheduled Tribes are socially
distanced, isolated and living outside the mainstream society. The areas inhabited by
the tribal population constitute a significant part of the under-developed one in the
country (Haseena & Mohammed, 2014).
This chapter explores on how British rulers administered the tribal population who lived
in forests, hills and plain areas and how they were administered by Indian rulers after
the independence of India. Further it describes on how far the tribal population have
flared well by availing the welfare programmes meant only for their development.
Besides this, how the tribal population who lived in Puducherry Union Territory since
time immemorial have been left out in the development process as well as their
inclusion on par with their counterparts in the other parts of the country.
1.1. Indigenous Population: Global Scenario
The United Nations Working Group on Indigenous Population ,1982 - in its first Draft
of the Universal Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous People (1988), had given
the call for the promotion of indigenous communities, their traditions and culture
through comprehensive participation and ethno - development. Recognising the
indigenous peoples' inalienable rights of possession and ownership of lands
traditionally occupied by them and their right to pursue their traditional and other
economic activities without adverse discrimination had given them the right to decide
on their own future development. Further, the revision of the draft in 1990 has brought
out the issues like their right to natural endowments, autonomy, self-government and
self-determination which have irked many nation states including India.
United Nations declaration of 1993 as the “International Year for World's Indigenous
People” provides ample evidence of the growing concern of the world's highest
body for the development of the indigenous people all over the world.
2
The United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous People (UNDRIP) was
adopted by the General Assembly on 13th September 2007. The Declaration is the most
comprehensive international instrument on the rights of the indigenous people. It
establishes a universal framework of minimum standards for the survival, dignity and
well-being of the indigenous people of the world and it elaborates on fundamental rights
and existing human rights standards as they apply to the specific situation of the
indigenous people.
1.1.1. Article 21
1. “Indigenous people have the right, without discrimination, to the improvement of
their economic and social conditions, including, inter alia, in the areas of education,
employment, vocational training and retraining, housing, sanitation, health and social
security”.
2. “States shall take effective measures and, where appropriate, special measures to
ensure continuing improvement of their economic and social conditions. Particular
attention shall be paid to the rights and special needs of indigenous elders, women,
youth, children and persons with disabilities”.
1.1.2. Article 23
“Indigenous people have the right to determine and develop priorities and strategies for
exercising their right to development. In particular, indigenous people have the right to
be actively involved in developing and determining health, housing and other economic
and social programmes affecting them and, as far as possible, to administer such
programmes through their own institutions”.
1.2. Tribal Scenario in India
India has the second largest tribal population in the world next to Africa (Rao, 2013).
The tribal population accounts 8.6 per cent of the total population as per 2011 Census.
The situation of tribal in the country presents a varied picture. They are scattered over
the length and breadth of the country and their concentration is mostly in the hilly and
forest regions but less in plain areas as well. The tribes differ significantly from one
another in terms of race, culture, language, beliefs and literacy, presenting a spectacle
of striking diversity. They vary in their population in different states, from few hundreds
3
to several lakhs. Some areas in India have high tribals concentration while in other
areas, they form only a small portion of the total population. Tribals living in different
states belong to various racial and linguistic groups, and economic, social and religious
categories. There are some tribes which are still at the food gathering stage, some others
practice shifting cultivation, yet other pursue primitive forms of agriculture. There is a
wide range of disparity in their development and their level of socio-cultural
integration. Prior to the Constitutional framework, the tribes in India were termed as
hill tribes, adivasis, aboriginals, forest tribes, and primitive tribes.
1.3. Nomenclature of Scheduled Tribes in the Census Enumeration
When the British Administrators and Anthropologists began to document our Indian
society, the term ‘tribe’ was used in multiple sense. It was referred, in one sense, as a
group of people claiming descent from a common ancestor and in another sense, as
people or communities living in primitive or barbarous conditions.
In the first proper all-India Census 1891, V.A. Bains, the Commissioner of Census,
classified the castes according to their traditional occupations. Hence, the term used
was not tribe but ‘The Forest Tribe’ as a sub heading within the broad category of
“Agricultural and Pastoral Castes” which equated them with forest dwellers.
Subsequently serious efforts were made to distinguish the term in the later census.
Risley and Gait (British Administrator for East Indian States and British Governor of
Bihar respectively) who were in in-charge of the 1901 and 1911 censuses added
“Animists” and “Tribal Animists” respectively in the table of “Castes and Others”.
Later, in the 1921 Census, the term “Hill and Forest tribes” were used. The first effort
to list out these communities as “Primitive Tribes” was made during the 1931 Census.
In the Government of India Act - 1935, a reference was made to “Backward Tribes”
and again the 13th Schedule to the Government of India (Provincial Legislative
Assemblies) Order – 1936 specified certain tribes as ‘backward’ in the then Provinces
of Assam, Bihar, Bombay, Central Provinces, Madras and Orissa and. In the 1941
Census, these people were recorded as “Tribes” and separate population enumerations
were furnished only for a few selected individual tribal community. In the 1951 Census,
the term “Scheduled Tribes” was used including those tribes who were scheduled in
accordance with the Government of India Act - 1935. Hence the origin of the term
4
“Scheduled Tribe” itself is the effect of our Constitution which came into force from
January 26, 1950 (Vidyarthi & Rai, 1985; Xaxa, 2008).
1.4. Meaning of Tribes in India
According to Oxford Dictionary (cited by Kumar, 2009), the term ‘Tribe’ refers to a
race of people, especially a “primary aggregate of people in a primitive or barbarious
condition under a headman or chief”. In India, tribals are equated with adivasis who are
primitive and live in hills and forest areas. Literally ‘Adivasis’ means the “original
inhabitants of India”.
After Independence, when adopting our own Constitution, a special responsibility, was
placed upon the State by the founding fathers to provide protective measures in the
Constitution to accelerate the process of building an egalitarian social order. However,
the equality of opportunity would be meaningless, if a very large section of the society
continued to remain poor and deprived of opportunities to secure political and executive
positions. Therefore the tribes needed special safeguards to protect their interest for a
speedy and all-round development.
The term ‘tribe’ has not been defined anywhere in the Constitution of India. However,
the term ‘Scheduled Tribes’ was adapted in the Constitution vide Article 342 (1) which
empowered the President of India to specify the tribes or tribal communities by public
notification.
Article 342 (1) lays down that “President may, by public notification, specify the tribes
or tribal communities or part of or groups within the tribes or tribal communities or
parts which shall, for the purpose of this constitution, be deemed to be scheduled tribes
in relation to that State or Union Territory, as the case may be”.
As per the 2011 census, there are more than one million Scheduled Tribes in India.
Certain areas are highly concentrated with these tribes, especially in the North-Eastern
states.
1.5. Tribal Administration and Development during British Rule
In the present research, it is imperative to delineate on how the tribal population have
been governed by the British administrators. Tribes, who were living in the remote
forest and hilly regions, enjoyed a free life of their own. The rulers of the British
5
embraced the tribes in the beginning of the 19th Century. Later, the Indian national
leaders felt pity for the backward, poor and naturally isolated tribals and wanted to
uplift and upbring them with the mainstream society. When India became an
independent nation, the Government followed the stereotyped policies of British
administration only in a modified way (Vidyarthi & Rai, 1976).
1.5.1. Concept of Excluded and Partially Excluded Tribal Areas
The policies which the British rulers adopted were to isolate the tribes from the general
population and to separate the tribal areas from the purview of the normal
administration. This administratively segregated adjustment was not well received by
the rest of their countrymen as they were too subdued or too ignorant to understand the
happenings. This isolation resulted in much exploitation by money lenders, non-tribal,
zamindars, middlemen and contractors.
In fact, the area wise isolation began with the enactment of the Government of India
Act 1870 and a few tracts were specified as “Scheduled Tracts”, viz.,
a) “In the Himalayan Region: The then Assam, Darjeeling, Kumaon and
Garhwal, the then Tarai Paragnas, Jaunsar-Bawar, Lahaul and Spiti.
b) In Middle India: Chotanagpur and Santhal Pargana, Angul Mahal,
Chanda, Chhattisgarh, Chhindwara, Manpur (Indore), Jhansi, Mirzapur,
Ganjam.
c) In Western India: Panch Mahals and Mewasi (Khandesh).
d) In South India: Vizagapatam (Visakhapatnam), Godavari and
Lakshadweep” (Vidyarthi & Rai, 1985).
In the year 1874, the Scheduled District Act gave effect to the Government of India Act
- 1870. Thereafter, a number of Acts were enforced from time to time till Government
of Act - 1919 which declared certain territories as “Backward Tracts”. The areas were
the same as those of “Scheduled Tracts” and “Scheduled Districts” with certain
additions and omissions.
Therefore, the tribals in different regions and pockets of the country were not satisfied
with the British rulers who wanted to protect themselves as well as the tribes. As a
result, the Government of India Act - 1919 was passed and two types of exclusions
came into force, viz. “Wholly Excluded Areas” and “Areas of Modified Exclusion”.
6
The Simon Commission - 1928 also suggested two categories for the tribal tracts and
the Government of India Act - 1935 was passed to incorporate “Excluded Areas” and
“Partially Excluded Areas”.
The process of scheduling or designating tribes in India began during the British period
and acquired a systematic character from the 1931 Census. The Government of India
Act - 1935 had introduced special provisions for the tribal people and a list of Backward
Tribes was promulgated in 1936. After the Independence and Constitution was adopted
in 1950 and subsequently, Hon’ble President of India promulgated, a list of Scheduled
Tribes which was based on the list of Backward Tribes promulgated in 1936 by the
Colonial Government regime.
1.6. Tribal Administration after Independent of India - 1947
After the Independence in 1947, our national leaders were very eager to help and uplift
the tribal communities and subsequently the nation witnessed a considerable awakening
about the welfare of the tribal population. The isolation policy was rejected immediately
and a policy of integration of the tribals with the rest of the people i.e. mainstreaming
was adopted. This was reflected in various provisions of the Constitution adopted by
the Constituent Assembly on January 26, 1950. In order to promote the integration of
tribal people into the mainstream society, the Constitution provided special safeguards
for the tribal communities for a period of ten years. However, this period continued to
be extended even till date. A Tribal Welfare Department was established in 1951 for
the protection and advancement of the Scheduled Tribes and with the help of various
provisions of the Constitution, a new line of administration was chalked out.
Accordingly, Article 244 of the Indian Constitution provides for the administration of
“Scheduled Areas” which was mentioned in the Fifth Schedule and “Tribal Areas”
under Sixth Schedule (Kumar, 2009).
The genesis of the concept of “Scheduled Areas” dates back to the Scheduled Districts
Act - 1874 during the British Colonial period. The Scheduled Areas were retained to
enable the tribals to enjoy their customary rights without exploitation and to develop
and protect their environments. The Scheduled Areas are administered as part of the
states in which they are situated but the Governor of the state is given powers to,
7
a) modify Central and State Laws in the application to the tribals
customary practices and rights,
b) frame regulations for their peace and good governance and, in particular,
for the protection of the rights of tribal communities in land, the
allotment of waste land and their protection from moneylenders.
Governor is required to consult the Tribes Advisory Council in the state while framing
the regulations and is required to submit the report annually to the President of India or
at such interval as may be required by the Central Government. Therefore the
“Scheduled Areas have been constituted with two clear objectives. They are
a) to assist the tribals in enjoying their existing rights, and
b) to develop the Scheduled Areas and promote the economic, educational
and social progress of Scheduled Tribes”
1.6.1. Jawaharlal Nehru’s Policy on Tribal Administration – ‘Panchaseel’
The then Prime Minister of India, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru laid the foundation of tribal
policy which was pivotal and often referred to as the ‘Panchaseel’. This emerged as the
guiding principle of tribal policy towards the end of 1950s particularly in the North-
East Region. The five fundamental principles of the Panchaseel are as follow,
a) “People should develop along the lives of their own genius and we
should avoid imposing anything on them. We should try to encourage in
every way their own traditional arts and culture.
b) Tribal rights in land and forest should be respected.
c) We should try to train and build up a team of their own people to do the
work of administration and development. Some technical personnel
from outside will, no doubt, be needed especially in the beginning.
However, we should avoid introducing too many outsiders into the tribal
territory.
d) We should not over-administer these areas or overwhelm them with a
multiplicity of schemes. We should rather work through, and not in
rivalry to, their own social and cultural institutions.
e) We should judge results not by the statistics or by the quantum of money
spent, but by the quality of human character that is evolved”.
8
1.6.2. Fifth Schedule Areas – Concept
The Fifth Schedule of the Indian Constitution deals with the administration and control
of Scheduled Areas as well as the Scheduled Tribes residing in any State other than the
States of Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram and Tripura. As of now, Fifth Schedule Areas
exist in 10 States viz. Andhra Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh,
Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Odisha, Rajasthan and Telangana
respectively as shown in the figure 1.1.
After independence, the Constituent Assembly appointed a Sub-committee of
“Excluded Areas and Partially Excluded Areas other than Assam” with Shri. A.V.
Thakkar (Thakkar Bappa) as the Chairperson for reviewing the condition of tribals lived
in those areas. Based on the study, Shri. A.V. Thakkar insisted on the preservation of
customs, culture, language and ethnic identity of tribals in those areas. Subsequently
those areas were incorporated in the Fifth Schedule in Article 244 (1) of the Indian
Constitution which reads “Scheduled Areas which means such areas as the President
may by order declare to be Scheduled Areas”.
1.6.3. Criteria for Declaring Scheduled Areas
For declaring an area as Scheduled Area, the below mentioned criteria are followed
a) “Preponderance of tribal population
b) Compactness and reasonable size of the area
c) Under-developed nature of the area, and
d) Marked disparity in economic standard of the people”
These criteria are not spelt out in the Constitution but have become well established.
They embody the principles followed in declaring ‘Excluded and Partially-Excluded
Areas’ under the Government of India Act 1935, Schedule B of recommendations of
the Excluded and Partially Excluded Areas Sub Committee of Constituent Assembly
and the Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes Commission 1961.
1.6.4. Special Provisions for Fifth Schedule Areas
The Fifth Schedule provisions the mandatory establishment of Tribal Advisory Council
which has been entrusted the power to advice on such matters pertaining to the welfare
and the advancement of the Scheduled Tribes in the States. The Governor is entrusted
9
with power to regulate the peace and good governance of the fully covered and partially
covered areas in the State i.e. Scheduled Areas. Such regulations are to (a) prohibit or
restrict the transfer of land by or among members of the Scheduled tribes, (b) regulate
the allotment of land to members of the Scheduled Tribes, (c) regulate the carrying on
of business as money-lenders by persons who lend money to members of the Scheduled
Tribes. Moreover, the Governor is vested with the power to modify the Act of
Parliament and State Legislature concerned in accordance with the suitability of the
scheduled areas and tribal population’s customs and practices.
10
Map 1.1 – India Map showing Fifth Schedule Areas
Source: http://pesadarpan.gov.in, Dept of Information Technology, Ministry of
Communication and IT, (last accessed on December 26, 2017)
11
Table 1.1 - Scheduled Areas under Fifth Schedule: Districts and Areas
States Partly covered areas Fully covered areas
1. Andhra Pradesh a) East Godavari
b) Srikakulam
c) Vishakapatnam
d) Vizianagaram
e) West Godavari
-- Nil --
2. Chhattisgarh a) Balod
b) Bilaspur
c) Dhamtari
d) Gariaband
e) Raigarh
f) Rajnandgaon
a) Balrampur
b) Bastar
c) Bijapur
d) Dantawada
e) Jashpur
f) Kankar
g) Kondagaon
h) Korba
i) Korea
j) Narayanpur
k) Sukma
l) Surajpur
m) Surguja
3. Gujarat a) Bharuch
b) Navsari
c) Panchmahal
d) Sabarkantha
e) Surat
f) Vadodra
a) Dahod
b) Dang
c) Narmada
d) Tapi
4.Himachal Pradesh a) Chamba a) Kinnaur
b) Lahaul and Spiti
5. Jharkhand a) Garhwa
b) Godda
c) Palamu
a) Dumka
b) East Singhbhum
c) Gumla
d) Jamtara
12
States Partly covered areas Fully covered areas
e) Khunti
f) Latehar
g) Lohardagga
h) Pakur
i) Ranchi
j) Sahebganj
k) Saraikela Kharsawan
l) Simdega
m) West Singhbhum
6. Madhya Pradesh a) Anooppur
b) Balaghat
c) Betul
d) Burhanpur
e) Chindwara
f) Dhar
g) Hoshangbad
h) Khandwa (East Nimar)
i) Khargone (West Nimar)
j) Ratlam
k) Seoni
l) Shadol
m) Shoepur
n) Sidhi
o) Umaria
a) Allrajpur
b) Barwani
c) Dindori
d) Jhabua
e) Mondia
7. Maharashtra a) Ahmednagar
b) Amravati
c) Chandrapur
d) Dhule
e) Gadchiroli
f) Jalgaon
g) Nanded
h) Nandurpur
-- Nil --
13
States Partly covered areas Fully covered areas
i) Nashik
j) Pune
k) Thane
l) Yavatmal
8. Odisha a) Balasore
b) Gajapati
c) Ganjam
d) Kalahandi
e) Keonjhar
f) Khandhamal
g) Samalpur
a) Koraput
b) Malkangiri
c) Mayurbhanj
d) Nowarangpur
e) Rayagada
f) Sundargarh
9. Rajasthan a) Chittorgarh
b) Sirobhi
c) Udaipur
a) Banswara
b) Dungarpur
10. Telangana a) Adilabad
b) Khammam
c) Mahbubnagar
d) Warangal
-- Nil --
Note: The table compiled by the Researcher.
Source: http://pesadarpan.gov.in Department of Information Technology, Ministry of
Communication and IT, (Last accessed on December 26, 2017)
1.7. Sixth Schedule – Tribal Areas
The Sixth Schedule deals with the administration of tribal areas in Assam (North Cachar
Hills District and Karbi Anglong District), Meghalaya, Mizoram and Tripura
(Autonomous Hill District) respectively.
The Sixth Schedule contains provisions relating to the administration of tribal areas.
There are Autonomous Regional Council and Autonomous District Council which have
a long tradition of self-management systems. These Autonomous Councils not only
administer the various departments and development programmes but also have powers
to frame laws on a various subjects, for example land, forest, shifting cultivation, village
14
and town administration (including village and town police and public health and
sanitation), inheritance of property, social customs, marriage and divorce.
1.7.1. The Birth and Spirit of the Sixth Schedule
Sixth Schedule did recognize the democratic principle that the tribes should be allowed
to grow according to their own culture and genius. On 25th January 1947, Sardar
Vallabhbhai Patel’s Advisory Committee on Fundamental Rights, Minorities and
Tribals appointed Bordoloi Sub-committee to aid and advice the Advisory Committee
on the affairs of the North-Eastern Tribal Areas. The Bordoloi Sub-committee visited
the hill areas and conducted a study of the hopes and aspirations of the hill people in
the “Excluded Areas” and “Partially Excluded Areas” when the British Government
decided to transfer the power (Lalsangliani, 2008).
1.7.2. Recommendations of Bordoloi Sub-Committee
The Bordoloi Sub-Committee noted the anxiety of the hill people about their land and
their fear of exploitation by the economically advanced people, especially by the money
lenders. The Committee recommended for the Autonomous District Council to be
constituted democratically with the power of legislations over the occupation and use
of land, other than reserved forest and the jhum cultivation. The District Council should
have the power to enact laws on the use of land, village forest, and agriculture
(Lalsangliani, 2008).
1.7.3. The District Council
The District Council should be entrusted to provide administration of justice. The
Committee also recommended for the Provision of Regional Council in the District to
protect the distinct culture and dialect of smaller tribes. The Committee was not keen
to allow the Lushai Hills District of Assam to enjoy the status of being “Excluded Area”
as it felt that there was a better advancement of that area. The Sub-committee also
suggested that the tribals of the region should enjoy uninterrupted freedom in the
practice of their respective customs, inheritance, social organisations and way of life
(Lalsangliani, 2008).
15
1.7.4. Village Council
With the formation of the District Council, the whole administrative set up of the Lushai
Hills was changed enabling the people to participate in the formation of the Government
through adult franchise. Now with the extinction of the Chieftainship, the village
council elected through franchise was to be formed in order to substitute the hereditary
chiefs who had all the administrative powers and responsibility for managing the affairs
of the villages in the Mizo traditional society.
The special needs and circumstances of the Hill people as understood by the Bordoloi
Sub-committee were,
a) “Firstly, as they had their roots largely in their own culture, they should
not be assimilated. They could be integrated through gradual process of
evolution.
b) Secondly, the distinct barrier deliberately maintained by the British
between the Hills and the plains could not be wiped out instantly
c) Thirdly, some of the Hill tribes dwelling in the frontier areas of strategic
importance often looked beyond the borders for racial and cultural
affinity. Hence, a delicate handling of the situation was needed
d) Fourthly, they needed protection for their scarce land and lesser wealth
against unscrupulous traders and money lenders from the plains
e) Fifthly, some of the social customs and indigenous institutions of the
tribals which constitute the very fabric of their social order should be
preserved
f) Finally, there was a need to promote political integration through an
accelerated pace of economic development of the Hill Areas which in
turn called for the provision of liberal grants by the central as well as the
state Governments”
In short, the major premises in which the Bordoloi subcommittee recommended were
autonomy, integration and development of hill areas and later the Constituent Assembly
accepted a special scheme of administration for the Hill Areas of North- East India
which was finally known as the ‘Sixth Schedule’. The primary objective of the Sixth
Schedule, when it was drafted, was to ensure that the aspirations of the hill people are
met and simultaneously these areas are amalgamated with the mainstream society.
16
1.8. Development of Scheduled Tribes through Five Year Plans in India
Huge amount of funds were earmarked in different five year plans and yearly plans for
the welfare of the tribals. As a result, the tribals are now passing through various phases
of development with the rest of the country population.
Article 275 (1) of the Indian Constitution provides for the Grants-in-Aid from
Consolidated Funds of India to the Indian States and Union Territories for promoting
welfare of Scheduled Tribes in terms of education, economic development and social
conditions, and implementation of tribal developmental programmes.
Special programmes for the development of Scheduled Tribes have been launched in
the country for the well-being of the tribal population from the very first five year plan
period. Therefore, the developmental programmes for scheduled tribes through five
year plans have been reviewed in the backdrop of general development programmes in
India. The table 1.2 has clearly explained about the five year plans from the beginning.
17
Table 1.2 - Five Year Plans-wise Expenditure on Scheduled Tribes in India
Five Year Plan Period
Total Plan
Outlay (in
Crores)
Investment on
ST Development
(in Crores)
Per cent of
the Total
Investment
Per cent of the
ST Population to
Total Population
First Five Year
(1951 – 1956) 1,960 19.33 1.0 6.22
Second Five Year
(1956 – 1961) 4,672 42.92 0.9 6.62
Third Five Year
(1961 – 1966) 8,577 50.53 0.6 6.80
Fourth Five Year
(1969 – 1974) 15,902 75.00 0.5 6.90
Fifth Five Year
(1974 – 1979) 39,322 1,067.27 2.71 6.90
Sixth Five Year
(1980 – 1985) 97,500 5,535.50 2.46 7.80
Seventh Five Year
(1985 – 1990) 1,80,000 13,000 7.22 7.80
Eighth Five Year
(1992 – 1997) 4,95,669 36,740 7.41 8.08
Ninth Five Year
(1997 – 2002) 6,20,869 57,541 9.26 8.08
Tenth Five Year
(2002 – 2007) 6,54,251 63,450 9.69 8.2
Eleventh Five Year
(2007 – 2012) 21,56,571 NA# NA# 8.2
Twelfth Five Year
(2012 – 2017)*
35,68,626
* 1,28,312** 3.95 8.6
Source: Figures compiled from different Five Year Plan Documents of Planning Commission.
Source: Per cent of Scheduled Tribes Population figures compiled from Census 2011.
Note: * Business Standards, (Accessed on September 8, 2012).
Note: ** Allocation of amount is calculated from 2014 to 2018 financial years.
Note: # denotes Not Available
18
1.8.1. First Five Year Plan (1951 – 1956)
The First Five Year Plan (1951-1956) of independent India clearly laid down the
principle for the socialistic pattern of the society based on democratic form without
caste, class and privilege. Besides, it also stressed that the general developmental
programmes should be so designed to cater to the backward classes and provisions
should be used for securing additional and intensified development. The objective of
the plan period was to bring about overall development of Scheduled Tribes and Tribal
Areas through Community Development Programme – a comprehensive programme
inaugurated in the year 1952 that sought for overall development of people living in
rural areas through their participation (Chaudhuri, 2004). The policy adopted by the
Government in this plan period favoured the Scheduled Tribes to adopt to
modernisation without sacrificing their own cultural heritage. Most of the welfare
measures were on the humanitarian basis that meant to ameliorate the indigent
conditions of tribal people through health and education benefits. The main schemes
implemented for the Scheduled Tribes in the plan period were for economic and
educational development, improvement of roads and communications and the
provisions of medical and public health facilities.
1.8.2. Second Five Year Plan (1956 – 1961)
During the Second Five Year Plan, large scale development programmes were taken up
and serious attention was given to the improvement of agriculture, health, medical and
sanitation facilities, supply of adequate drinking water and development of education
and training facilities. Further, the benefits of the economic development should be
accrued to the less privileged community in order to reduce inequalities (Suresh, 2014).
Development programmes for Scheduled Tribes were planned based on the
understanding and respect of their traditions and culture and with an appreciation of the
social, economic and psychological problems. Accordingly, developmental schemes
were implemented on these line and they gave much importance to mitigate poverty,
promote better living and better health without disturbing the stability of social and
cultural values of the tribal areas.
The implementation of Community Development Programme was relatively more
difficult as the tribal areas mostly comprised of hilly and forest regions and sparsely
populated with poor communication and little infrastructure. Hence it was decided to
19
supplement the Community Development Programme by 43 Special Multi-Purpose
Tribal Blocks (SMPTBs) which was an important landmark in this plan period and
aimed to make the welfare programmes more intensive in nature.
1.8.3. Third Five Year Plan (1961 – 1966)
The Third Five Year Plan continued with the same principles of establishing greater
equality of opportunity and bringing reduction in inequalities of income and
distribution of economic power. Therefore the priority was again given to housing,
education, health, economic upliftment and communication schemes.
The 43 Special Multi-Purpose Tribal Blocks (SMPTBs) were reorganised and renamed
as Tribal Development Blocks (TDBs) as per the recommendation of Prof. Verrier
Elwin Committee (1966). Each Tribal Development Blocks was instructed to cover 25
thousand Scheduled Tribes and Ministry of Home Affairs contributed Rs. 15 lakhs to
each such blocks. The norms of Tribal Development Blocks were kept as an area of 150
– 200 sq. miles and of about 25 thousand tribal population. These Blocks were expected
to have their role in matters of economic developments, health, education and
communication. By the end of Third Five Year Plan, there were more than 500 such
Tribal Development Blocks serving around 40 per cent of the total tribal population.
However no further expansion of the TDBs to other areas of tribal concentration took
place after the Third Five Year Plan. In this way, all areas with more than two-third of
tribal population were covered by the end of this plan period.
1.8.4. Fourth Five Year Plan (1969 – 1974)
In the Forth Five Year Plan, a special attention was given to the development of more
backward tribal regions and to realise rapid increase in the standard of living of the
Scheduled Tribes through appropriate measures which promote equality and social
justice. Therefore, it was decided to set up a few pilot projects with an aim to develop
tribal areas by integrating various programmes implemented under general sectors and
tribal welfare, and pulling together all resources for the project area and put under
central sector with a provision of Rs. 12 crores. Thus, six pilot projects in four districts
were started in 1971-1972 as a Central Scheme. These are One (Srikakulam) in Andhra
Pradesh, One (Sighbhum) in Bihar, Two (Dantewada and Konta) in Madhya Pradesh
and Two (Koraput and Ganjam) in Orissa (Vidyarthi & Roy, 1985).
20
These pilot projects were known as Tribal Development Agencies. Under this
programme, the Tribal Development Blocks were grouped into one or more Tribal
Development Agencies or Areas where special personnel were appointed at the District
and / or Sub-Divisional Level to look after the tribal needs. The tribal development
programmes of the previous three five year plans were fragmentary and no attempt was
made to take integrated view of the problems of the Scheduled Tribes and their Tribal
Areas. Hence, during this plan, the respective State Governments took a comprehensive
view of the factors of backwardness and introduced multi-directional area development
approach.
1.8.5. Fifth Five Year Plan (1974 – 1979)
The Fifth Five Year Plan set an important landmark in the development of Scheduled
Tribes. Although numbers of welfare programmes and policies were undertaken during
the last four five year plans, it was realised that the programmes were unsatisfactory.
Therefore, it was felt necessary that there should be a separate development approach
to solve the problems of Scheduled Tribes which gave birth to the concept of ‘Tribal
Sub Plan’ strategy. This Sub-Plan is an area development approach which intended to
implement the special needs of the tribes. Moreover, the Tribal Sub-Plan stipulated that
the funds of the State and Central Governments should be allocated or quantified on the
basis of proportion of Scheduled Tribes population with the budgetary mechanisms to
ensure non-divertability, accountability and utilisation of funds for the welfare and
development of the Scheduled Tribes only. The main objectives of the Tribal Sub Plan
were (a) to improve the quality of life of Scheduled Tribes, (b) to narrow down the gap
between level of development of Scheduled Tribes and other areas, and (c) to achieve
social and cultural integration of Scheduled Tribes with the mainstream society.
The approach of the Fifth Five Year Plan covered about 65 per cent of the total
Scheduled Tribes population in the country. Utmost priority was given to eliminate
exploitation of Scheduled Tribes as a first step for economic development. Therefore,
based on the guidelines of the Tribal Sub Plan approach, Integrated Tribal Development
Programmes (ITDPs) were introduced.
21
1.8.6. Sixth Five Year Plan (1980 – 1985)
The Scheduled Tribes population were covered only 40 per cent of the total tribal
population under various welfare programmes up to the end of the Fourth Five Year
Plan period. Owing to the progressive implementation of the various sub-plan schemes
during the Fifth Five Year Plan, the coverage has been increased to about 65 per cent.
Nevertheless, no special attention was given to the problems of the remaining 35 per
cent of the dispersed tribal people. The areas having 50 per cent concentration of tribes
were brought within the Sub-Plan strategy, with an intention to cover 75 per cent of the
total tribal population in this plan period.
The core focus of this plan period was to bring the entire tribal population together
under suitable welfare and development programmes. The gap between level of
development in the tribal areas and the surrounding areas was to be bridged by the end
of the Sixth Plan Period. Therefore the broad approach was not only to bring
development to the tribal concentrated areas but also to revitalise the dispersed and
primitive tribal groups. Moreover, this plan period was prepared in order to alleviate
poverty among Scheduled Tribes by assisting economically at least 50 per cent of the
tribal families living below the poverty line (Chaudhuri, 2004).
The Tribal Sub-Plan approach continued as a strategy for the development of tribal
concentrated areas and for the dispersed tribal populated areas, two important
approaches were launched viz. Modified Area Development Approach (MADA) and
Community Development Approach. The MADA was devised for pockets of tribal
concentration with population of 10,000, at least half of them being Scheduled Tribes.
Accordingly, 245 MADA pockets were outlined. Further, 20 more tribal communities
were identified and recognised as ‘Primitive Tribes’.
1.8.7. Seventh Five Year Plan (1985 – 1990)
Up to the Sixth Five Year Plan, the ITDPs, the MADA pockets and the projects for
Primitive Tribal Groups constituted the Tribal Sub Plan. During the Seventh Five Year
Plan, clusters outside the Tribal Sub Plan areas were identified to increase further the
coverage of Scheduled Tribes population. In this plan period, more focus was given to
faster movement towards social justice, employment and poverty elimination. As far
the tribal development is concerned, the strategy of Tribal Sub-Plan comprises
22
identification of funds, formulation of appropriate policies and programmes. During the
Seventh Five Year Plan, major attention was given not only for the socio-economic
development of the tribal areas but also for the development of agriculture, horticulture,
forestry and cottage industries which would enable the tribal population to cut across
the poverty line (Padhy, 2002). Suitable measures were proposed to eradicate their
exploitation in the fields of money lending, land transfer, debt bondage, forestry and
trade. Consequently, bonded labour system in the tribal areas was prohibited under the
Constitution, but it continued to exist in one form or the other in most of the tribal
inhabiting states. It was found out that, 80 per cent of the bonded labourers in the
country belonged to SCs and STs when the Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act –
1976 was passed. To loosen the grip from money lenders on the tribals, the respective
Governments organised Large Area Multi-Purpose Societies (LAMPS). However, their
performance were reported to be bleak (Ahuja, 1997).
During this plan period, for economic development of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled
Tribes, two national level institutions were launched viz., (a) Tribal Cooperative
Marketing Development Federation (TRIFED) in the year 1987 – An apex body for the
State Tribal Development Cooperative Corporations and (b) National Scheduled Castes
and Scheduled Tribes Finance and Development Corporation (NSFDC) in the year
1989.
1.8.8. Eighth Five Year Plan (1992 – 1997)
In this plan period, an integrated efforts were intensified and vigorous programmes and
schemes were outlined to remove the bottlenecks of development in order to bridge the
gap between the levels of development of Scheduled Tribes with the mainstream
society. The plan period not only emphasised the elimination of exploitation but also
paid meticulous attention to the special problems of suppression of rights, money
lending businessmen, land alienation, non-payment of minimum wages and restriction
on right to collect Minor Forest Produce. Forest plays a major role in the livelihoods of
Tribal population. Government formulated a Forest Policy in order to develop
systematic relationship between tribals and forests. As per the provisions, various
schemes like watershed projects, sectoral programmes like agriculture, social forestry,
horticulture, infrastructure and social services have been introduced in order to divert
the tribals from practicing the shifting cultivation.
23
1.8.9. Ninth Five Year Plan (1997 – 2002)
Scheduled Tribes usually reside in remote and often inaccessible areas and their land
holdings are small and fragmented one. Irrigation facilities are also poor in the country.
In view of this, a strategy was made in the National Common Minimum Programme
that launched a comprehensive national programme for minor irrigation for tribals.
With the objective of providing quality education to the tribal students, it was
implemented during 1997 – 1998 to utilise a part of funds under the Article 275 (1) for
setting of 100 model residential schools i.e. ‘Ekalavya Model Residential School’ from
the class VI to XII in different states. This was launched to enable the tribal students to
avail the reservation facility in higher and professional education (medical and
technical) as well as higher level jobs in Government and various public sector
undertakings. There are 100 such model residential schools in the 24 states.
The ownership / patent rights of the tribal people in respect of minor forest produce and
the use of medicinal plants were protected as per the provisions of Intellectual Property
Rights.
1.8.10. Tenth Five Year Plan (2002 – 2007)
The Tenth Five Year Plan provides an opportunity to build upon the gains of the past
but also to address the setbacks that have emerged. Tribal Communities are vulnerable
because they are poor, asset-less, illiterate and unable to negotiate and cope with the
process of integration with the mainstream society. In this regard, Mid-Term Appraisal
of Ninth Five Year Plan (1997-2002) states that “small bunch of bureaucratic
programmes had done little to avert the precipitous pauperization, exploitation and
disintegration of tribal communities and therefore, most of the persistent problems like
poverty, indebtedness, land alienation, displacement, deterioration of forest villages
and tribes living therein, shifting cultivation, rehabilitation and effective
implementation of the tribal plans continue to persist even till today as the unresolved
issues of tribal development”. To tackle these various issues, the Tenth Five Year Plan
has formulated a comprehensive National Policy for Empowering Tribals and the
solutions to these persistent problems can be found only when the deprivation,
exclusion and exploitation of Scheduled Tribes are eradicated.
24
National Scheduled Tribes Finance Development Corporation introduced an exclusive
scheme i.e. “Adivasi Mahila Sashaktikarana Yojana” for the economic development of
Scheduled Tribes Women beneficiaries.
1.8.11. Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007 – 2012)
The Eleventh Plan Period’s Inclusive Approach is identical with social justice as it
predominantly addresses the issues of exclusion, exploitation, marginalisation, unrest
and governance concerning Tribals and Tribal Areas. This plan period has experienced
a paradigm shift with respect to the overall empowerment of the tribal population,
keeping the issues related to governance at the centre. The operational imperatives of
the Fifth Schedule, Tribal Sub Plan, Panchayat Extension to Scheduled Areas – 1996,
the desirability of a tribal-centric, tribal-participative and tribal-managed development
process and the need for a conscious departure from dependence on a largely under-
effective bureaucratic delivery system were considered during this shift.
The total Special Central Assistance amount released to all the States and Union
Territories under Tribal Sub Plan in this plan period was Rs. 2,872.10 crore. By utilising
this amount, about 15 lakh STs were pushed above the poverty line during the Eleventh
Five Year Plan.
1.9. Scheduled Tribes Development through Tribal Sub Plan
The Constitution of India provides a comprehensive framework for the socio-economic
development of Scheduled Tribes and for prevention of exploitation by other groups in
the society. In order to fulfil such constitutioanal mandate, the Fifth Five Year Plan
(1974 – 1978) marked a significant change in the process of tribal development.
The plurality of occupations marked different stages of development and geo-ethic
milieu of various tribes giving rise to plethora of problems. After a quarter century of
independence, and successful completion of four five year plans and three annual plans,
it was realized by policy makers that the Scheduled Tribes are still way behind the
development process. Apart from this, it was also realized that the general plan schemes
and programmes designed for the overall development of the tribal economy hardly
improved their socio-economic condition. Similarly, the benefit of such general welfare
schemes did not percolate towards the development of Scheduled Tribe population in
25
any significant manner. Even now, the Human Development Indices (HDI) of the
Scheduled Tribes are the lowest in India (Rao & Rao, 2010).
Therefore, area specific strategy was evolved based on the recommendations of the
Expert Committee under Prof. S.C. Dube as the Chairperson in 1972, which took the
task of assessing the rapid socio-economic development of tribal people inhibiting in
the Scheduled Areas where more than 60 per cent tribal population are living in.
The Tribal Sub-Plan strategy is a concept intended to address the issues of
backwardness in tribal areas and tribal population in an integrated way by earmarking
funds at least not less than proportionate to their population percentage in the plan
budget. The Tribal Sub Plan funds are allocated from the Consolidated Fund of India
under article 275 (1) in which 100 per cent financial assistance is being provided to the
states through the Ministry of Tribal Affairs. The philosophy behind the concept is
equitable distribution of resources of the nation for equal development of all sections
of the society and to arrest development stagnation in the tribal societies.
Thus, the Tribal Sub Plan (TSP) strategy has twin objectives viz., Socio-economic
development and Protection of Scheduled Tribes against exploitation
The broad objectives of the TSP are as follows:
a) “Substantial reduction in poverty and unemployment.
b) Creation of productive assets in favour of Scheduled Tribes to sustain
the growth likely to accrue through development efforts.
c) Human resource development of the Scheduled Tribes by providing
adequate educational and health services, and
d) Provision of physical and financial security against all types of
exploitation and oppression”.
A detailed and comprehensive review of the tribal problems were taken on the eve of
the Fifth Five Year Plan and the Tribal sub-Plan strategy took note of the fact that an
integrated approach to the tribal problems was necessary in terms of their geographic
and demographic concentration to accelerate the development of tribal people.
Accordingly, the tribal areas in the country were classified under three broad categories
26
a) “States and Union Territories having a majority Scheduled Tribes
population.
b) States and Union Territories having substantial tribal population but
majority tribal population in particular administrative units, such as
block and tehsils.
c) States and Union Territories having dispersed tribal population”.
In the light of the above approach, it was decided that tribal majority States like
Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland and Union Territories of
Lakshadweep and Dadra & Nagar Haveli may not need a Tribal Sub Plan (TSP), as the
entire plan of these States / Union Territories was primarily meant for the Scheduled
Tribe population constituting the majority. For the second category of States and Union
Territories, tribal sub-Plan approach was adopted after delineating areas of tribal
concentration. A similar approach was also adopted in case of States and Union
Territories having dispersed tribal population by paying special attention to pockets of
tribal concentrations, keeping in view their tenor of dispersal (Tribal Affairs, 2014).
However, even after 20 years of TSP strategy, many policy analysts argue that no
perceptible improvement in the tribal areas and in the living condition of tribals in many
states. It has resulted in (a) strains of governance in tribal areas, (b) necessitated a fresh
appraisal at tribal policy, (c) general backwardness found expression in political
demands and sometimes nationalities questions.
Hence, the government of India appointed many commission and committees to find
out the bottlenecks of the development and to review the tribal development on various
periods.
1.10. Commissions and Committees Appointed for Examining the Tribal
Development
The tribal development programmes were reviewed from time to time by the Planning
Commission through Social Welfare Division to examine the various welfare activities
under operation and for their assessment and evaluation for future planning. The
commissions appointed were expected to examine the tribal problems and welfare
situations in a perspective of reality and to suggest to the Government suitable remedial
measures. A brief discussion of various Commission’s reports are given below.
27
The Committee on Special Multipurpose Tribal Block began to function under the
chairmanship of Verrier Elwin in 1959 to cover the following aspects –
(a) To study the working of Special Multipurpose Tribal Blocks,
(b) To advise the Government of India on how to implement the intensive
development programmes of the Blocks more effectively and give the
programme of proper tribal regions.
The report elaborately discussed the details of the staffing pattern and made the
suggestion for the appointment of Forest Extension Officer and more tribal
representation in such schemes. Considering the landless status of the tribal people, the
Committee opined that more lands should be given to them through ‘Gramdan
Movement’ along with patta and legal deed. Cultivated lands should be surveyed and
unoccupied lands should be distributed to the Tribals. The committee suggested that
every tribal family should have at least one and half acres of wet land or five acres of
dry land. Money should be spent specifically for animal husbandry and agricultural
extension along with land reclamation, irrigation and soil conservation. Areas of
shifting cultivation have also been thoroughly examined and the committee suggested
to improve the fertility of the jhum cultivation land to produce more food and for
growing alternate crops which could be raised in short time. The problems of
communication, health services, drinking water and education were also examined and
it suggested establishment of Ashram types of schools. The committee critically
evaluated the women’s programme and suggested appointment of sensitive ‘Mukhya
Sevika’ and ‘Gram Sevikas’ for implementation of social and educative programmes
for the tribal women and their greater involvement in these programmes.
The committee also identified poor performance in respect of arts and crafts, housing
and high indebtedness among the tribals. To overcome these problems, the committee
suggested to establish Co-operative Societies for providing loan and agricultural inputs
at time of need.
Since the tribals are very poor, most of their problems are intricate. As they live in the
condition of backward technology, arrangements would have to be made with all the
seriousness by the State Governments on the above line for their upliftment and proper
rehabilitation.
28
The first comprehensive review of the tribal situation in the country was made in 1961
by the Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes Commission i.e. Dhebar Commission
which was appointed under the Article 340 of the Indian Constitution. The Commission
noted slow pace of development and rather meagre investments in the tribal areas. The
protective measures were sporadic and inadequate. The commission called for
comprehensive legislations to provide effective protection to all the tribals living within
the Scheduled Areas and tribal pockets. The Commission recommended simple
administrative system and extension of the schemes of Tribal Development Blocks so
as to cover all the areas with more than 50 per cent tribal population. This commission
was of the view that if the protective measure and developmental programmes were
taken up as recommended, it would not be necessary to extend the Scheduled Areas.
The position with regard to tribal welfare programmes and administration of tribals
remained largely unchanged when Shilu Ao Committee was appointed in 1969 for
reviewing the tribal developmental programmes. This committee, while agreeing with
the general conclusion and approach of the Dhebar Commission on the point of
suitability of the Tribal Development Block, came to the conclusion that this scheme
of the Blocks were inadequate for dealing with the complex problems of tribal
development. A Tribal Development Block was too small to function effectively as a
basic unit for planning and implementation. The main problems, according to the
Committee were related to land alienation, indebtedness, educational backwardness and
inadequacy of communication which were not provided adequately within the
framework of Tribal Development Blocks. The Committee drew the attention to non-
implementation of the recommendations of the Dhebar Commission. It called for
vigorous action to implement these recommendations and for preparing a
comprehensive tribal development programme with large resources commensurate with
the magnitude of the problems and the overall national development.
Task Force on Development of Tribal Areas (1972) was set up under the chairmanship
of Prof. L.P Vidyarthi, to:
(a) Review the nature and level of development that had taken place so far,
(b) Suggest a perspective of development for a fifteen year period, and
(c) Formulate proposal for the Fifth Plan indicating priorities, policies,
programmes and outlays in the light of the perspective.
29
Based on the report of the five working groups, the Task Force observed that the
problems of development of tribal areas were primarily linked to the backwardness of
these areas, the poverty of the tribal people and the integration of tribals with the rest
of the population.
The Task Force Committee remarked that the tribes of different areas faced different
problems. Those of the Northern Zones arising mostly out of remoteness of the habitat
and difficult climatic conditions, those of the North-Eastern Zone on account of a
disrupted economy due to formation of Bangladesh, those of the Eastern Central and
Western Zones related to pressure of population on land, land tenure, indebtedness and
rights in forest along with a low level of productivity, those of the Southern Zone based
on shifting cultivation.
The Committee suggested that areas with a high concentration of tribal population
should be identified and grouped, a combination of occupational, ecological and social
parameters properly assessed for policy formulation and implementation and a steady
flow of benefits assured to the Scheduled Tribes. In its view, obvious emphasis would
have to be on the primary sector of the tribal economy i.e. agriculture and forestry. At
the same time, there should be a frontal attack in the fields of alienation of land,
indebtedness, credit and marketing, and excise policy.
In the same year (1972), an Expert Committee on Tribal Development headed by S.C.
Dube submitted its report defining a new strategy for tribal development in the Fifth
Five Year Plan as,
a. The problem of tribal development should be defined at the national level
and appropriate efforts required for tackling it.
b. The precise part assigned to each state and department in this task should
be fully defined and the central sector should play and important
supplemental role.
c. A review of important policies, especially those covering forest, industry,
minerals development and excise administration should be taken up.
d. An integrated area development approach in consonance with the
development of the people should be adopted. The development
programmes should give high priority to programmes minimising the
30
incidence of exploitation and helping local communities to build up their
inner strength.
e. Special Schemes should be formulated for extremely backward areas,
neglected and isolated tribes and tribals affected by major projects.
f. Strengthening and streamlining of administrative and economic institutions
should be taken up urgently and evaluation should be an integral part of the
administrative structure.
So it appeared that during the Fifth Five Year Plan, Integrated Development
Programmes were adopted after delineating areas of tribal concentration at the levels of
Blocks and Districts in the States and Union Territories having substantial tribal
population. In addition, Modified Area Development Approach was adopted for
pockets of tribal concentration in respect of Primitive Tribes. To handle the problems
of tribal population coming within the purview of Integrated Tribal Development
Programmes, Modified Area Development Approaches and Primitive Category, Tribal
Sub Plan were drawn up from the respective states and Union Territories. However, the
States and Union Territories having a majority of Scheduled Tribes population were
left out of the scope of Tribal Sub Plan. (Roy Burman, 1986)
Prof. Virginius Xaxa Committee on Socio-Economic, Health and Educational Status of
Tribal Communities of India - 2013
Considering the special status accorded to Scheduled Tribes in the Indian Constitution
and commitment to ameliorating their socio-economic status, Union Government has
affirmed and has taken initiatives that embrace legislative, programmatic and policy
interventions. With a view to create the conditions that are conducive for the
development of Scheduled Tribes, the Indian Government constituted a High Level
Committee (HLC) on August 14, 2013 under Prof. Virginius Xaxa as the Chairperson,
to prepare a position paper on the present socio-economic condition, health and
educational status of Scheduled Tribes and suggest a way forward. The Committee
submitted its report on May 29, 2014 (Bureau, 2014).
31
The Committee studied the following things are as follow
a) Tribal communities’ access to health and educational services, bank credit,
infrastructure and other services provided by Government / Public sector
entities.
b) The level of Social infrastructure i.e. Health centers, Schools, ICDS Centers
located in areas of tribal concentration in comparison to the general level of
such infrastructures in various states and the causes of disparity.
c) Their income levels and asset base as compared to other groups across
various States and Regions. Changes in the patterns of productivity and
ownership of immovable assets of Scheduled Tribes.
d) Level of their socio-economic development in terms of relative indicators
such as Maternal Mortality Rate, Infant Mortality Rate, literacy rate and
dropout rate.
e) The relative share of public and private sector employment among
Scheduled Tribes and reasons for their under representation, if any variation
found.
f) The geographical pattern of the Scheduled Tribes economic activity.
Although all round development was observed in the sphere of tribal welfare
programmes in successive plan periods by raising financial allocation, the economic
condition of the tribals continue to be precarious. A brief review of the tribal welfare
programmes, affirmative actions and administrative arrangements for tribal
development indicate that the efforts made to improve the socio-economic conditions
of the tribals have not done enough to bring them on a par with the advanced sections
of society which has been the theme of the development programmes. Both programme
planning and implementation have remained stereotyped and devoid of tribal bias.
Consequently even the little that has been invested in tribal welfare could not percolate
to the intended beneficiaries in its entirety. In spite of the recommendations of the
expert committees and commissions, the programmes failed to give the expected results
due to the following reasons,
a) Introduction of stereotyped programmes without realising the felt needs of the
tribal people
32
b) Failure of the planners to take cognizance of variations in the development from
region to region and fro tribe to tribe.
c) Varied levels of comprehensive and mobilisation of economic, natural and
human resources
d) Different levels of receptivity of the beneficiaries and variegated capabilities of
tribal leadership
e) Ill-suited administrative structure and incapable personnel resulting in confused
decision making and lack of initiative
f) Ineffective implementation of protective measures due to lack of proper
implementation resulting in dilution of development effort
The ultimate result of such defective planning and implementation is the emergence of
an undulating socio-economic situation in which certain tribal groups and areas have
progressed while others remained static (Vidyarthi, 1980).
1.11. Scheduling the Tribes and Constitutional Amendments
The President of India, by using the vested power under Article 342, issued the
Constitution (Scheduled Tribes) Order in 1950 for Part A & B States and for Part C
States in 1951. This order specified tribes as ‘Scheduled Tribes’ who were categorised
as ‘Depressed Classes’ before the Independence.
Adhering to Article 340 of the Indian Constitution, the First Backward Classes
Commission was set up by a Presidential Order on 29th January, 1953 under Shri. Kaka
Kalelkar as the chairman. Based on the report of the commission, the Scheduled Tribes
list was modified by an act of the Parliament – The Scheduled Castes and Scheduled
Tribes Order (Amendment) Act, 1956. One of the criteria laid down by the Backward
Classes Commission for inclusion of a community in the Scheduled Tribes list was as
follows:
“The Scheduled Tribes can be generally ascertained by the fact that they
live apart in hills, and even where they live on the plains, they lead a
separate excluded existence and are not fully assimilated in the main body
of the people. Scheduled Tribes may belong to any religion. They were
listed as Scheduled Tribes because of the kind of life led by them”.
33
1.11.1. Criteria laid down for selecting a Tribe
Apart from the use of legal criteria, the problem of determining which groups and
individuals are tribal is both subtle and complex. A number of traits have customarily
been seen as establishing tribal rather than caste identity. These include language, social
organisation, religious affiliation, economic patterns, geographic location and self-
identification (Mohanty, 2006). Recognized tribes typically live in hilly regions
somewhat remote from caste settlements; they generally speak a language recognized
as tribe. Since 1956, Indian Government had set up various commissions from time to
time to look into the affairs of the Scheduled Tribes. However, the inclusion criteria
was not spelled out in the Constitution. Subsequently reports and amendments put forth
many criteria for selecting a group or community as Scheduled Tribes such as the
Reports of First Backward Classes Commission (Kalelkar Committee), the Advisory
Committee on Revision of SC/ST Lists (Lokur Committee) – 1965, and the Joint
Committee of Parliament on the SCs & STs Orders (Amendment) Bill, 1967.
Accordingly, the following criteria are followed for specification of a community as a
Scheduled Tribe
a) Indications of primitive traits
b) Distinctive culture
c) Geographical isolation
d) Shyness of contact with the community at large and
e) Social and Economic Backwardness
1.12. Demographic Profile of Scheduled Tribes as per 2011 Census
According to 2011 Census, the Scheduled Tribes population accounts 8.6 percent to the
total population. As of now, 705 distinct groups are recognized as Scheduled Tribes by
the Government of India and significantly they form a very diverse group (Census,
2011). The share of the Scheduled Tribes population in the major States and Union
Territories are significantly higher contributing 68.8 percent in Arunachal Pradesh,
94.8 per cent in Lakshadweep, 94.4 percent in Mizoram, 86.1 percent in Meghalaya
and 86.5 per cent in Nagaland to the total population respectively. Whereas
Uttarakhand accounts 2.6 percent, Kerala accounts 1.5 percent, Bihar accounts 1.3
percent and Tamil Nadu accounts 1.1 percent are some of the states having smaller
share of Scheduled Tribes population. The literacy rate of the Scheduled Tribe
34
population is marked with remarkable changes from 47.1 percent in 2001 census to 59
percent in 2011 Census, as shown in the table 1.3. Despite of progress in literacy level,
they still lag behind the average total literacy rate of India i.e. 74.04 percent.
It is inferred that Scheduled Tribes population is spread over the length and breadth of
the country. It is found in almost all the states and the union territories of India except
in the states of Punjab, Haryana, Jammu Kashmir, Chandigarh, NCT of New Delhi and
Puducherry UT. However given the migration of tribal population into states and
regions outside their traditional habitats, it is assumed that a scattering of tribal
population may be found in all parts of India (Xaxa, 2003).
35
Table 1.3 - Demographic Structure of Scheduled Tribes in India as per 2011 Census
India / State /
Union Territory
Total Population Scheduled Tribes Population Percentage of Scheduled
Tribes
Total Male Female Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban
India 121,05,69,573 62,31,21,843 58,74,47,730 104,281,034 93,819,162 10,461,872 8.6 11.3 2.8
Jammu & Kashmir 1,25,41,302 66,40,662 59,00,640 14,93,299 14,06,833 86,466 11.9 15.4 2.5
Himachal Pradesh 68,64,602 34,81,873 33,82,729 3,92,126 3,74,392 17,734 5.7 6.1 2.6
Punjab 2,77,43,338 1,46,39,465 1,31,03,873 NST NST NST NST NST NST
Chandigarh # 10,55,450 5,80,663 4,74,787 NST NST NST NST NST NST
Uttarakhand 1,00,86,292 51,37,773 49,48,519 2,91,903 2,64,819 27,084 2.9 3.8 0.9
Haryana 2,53,51,462 1,34,94,734 1,18,56,728 NST NST NST NST NST NST
NCT of Delhi 1,67,87,941 89,87,326 78,00,615 NST NST NST NST NST NST
Rajasthan 6,85,48,437 3,55,50,997 3,29,97,440 92,38,534 86,93,123 545,411 13.5 16.9 3.2
Uttar Pradesh 19,98,12,341 10,44,80,510 9,53,31,831 11,34,273 10,31,076 103,197 0.6 0.7 0.2
Bihar 10,40,99,452 5,42,78,157 4,98,21,295 13,36,573 12,70,851 65,722 1.3 1.4 0.6
Sikkim 6,10,577 3,23,070 2,87,507 2,06,360 1,67,146 39,214 33.8 36.6 25.5
Arunachal Pradesh 13,83,727 7,13,912 6,69,815 9,51,821 7,89,846 161,975 68.8 74.1 51
Nagaland 19,78,502 10,24,649 9,53,853 17,10,973 13,06,838 404,135 86.5 92.8 70.8
Manipur 25,70,390 12,90,171 12,80,219 9,02,740 7,91,126 111,614 35.1 45.6 13.4
Mizoram 10,97,206 5,55,339 5,41,867 10,36,115 5,07,467 528,648 94.4 96.6 92.5
36
India / State /
Union Territory
Total Population Scheduled Tribes Population Percentage of Scheduled
Tribes
Total Male Female Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban
Tripura 36,73,917 18,74,376 17,99,541 11,66,813 11,17,566 49,247 31.8 41.2 5.1
Meghalaya 29,66,889 14,91,832 14,75,057 25,55,861 21,36,891 418,970 86.1 90.1 70.4
Assam 3,12,05,576 1,59,39,443 1,52,66,133 38,84,371 36,65,405 218,966 12.4 13.7 5
West Bengal 9,12,76,115 4,68,09,027 4,44,67,088 52,96,953 48,55,115 441,838 5.8 7.8 1.5
Jharkhand 3,29,88,134 1,69,30,315 1,60,57,819 86,45,042 78,68,150 776,892 26.2 31.4 9.8
Odisha 4,19,74,218 2,12,12,136 2,07,62,082 95,90,756 89,94,967 595,789 22.8 25.7 8.5
Chhattisgarh 2,55,45,198 1,28,32,895 1,27,12,303 78,22,902 72,31,082 591,820 30.6 36.9 10
Madhya Pradesh 7,26,26,809 3,76,12,306 3,50,14,503 1,53,16,784 142,76,874 1,039,910 21.1 27.2 5.2
Gujarat 6,04,39,692 3,14,91,260 2,89,48,432 89,17,174 80,21,848 895,326 14.8 23.1 3.5
Daman & Diu # 2,43,247 1,50,301 92,946 15,363 7,617 7,746 6.3 12.6 4.2
Dadar & Nagar
Haveli #
3,43,709 1,93,760 1,49,949 1,78,564 1,50,944 27,620 52.0 82.4 17.2
Maharashtra 11,23,74,333 5,82,43,056 5,41,31,277 1,05,10,213 90,06,077 1,504,136 9.4 14.6 3
Andhra Pradesh 8,45,80,777 4,24,42,146 4,21,38,631 59,18,073 52,32,129 6,85,944 7.0 9.3 2.4
Karnataka 6,10,95,297 3,09,66,657 3,01,28,640 42, 48,987 34,29,791 8,19,196 7.0 9.2 3.5
Goa 14,58,545 7,39,140 7,19,405 1,49,275 87,639 61,636 10.2 15.9 6.8
Lakshadweep # 64,473 33,123 31,350 61,120 13,463 47,657 94.8 95.2 94.7
Kerala 3,34,06,061 1,60,27,412 1,73,78,649 4,84,839 4,33,092 51,747 1.5 2.5 0.3
37
India / State /
Union Territory
Total Population Scheduled Tribes Population Percentage of Scheduled
Tribes
Total Male Female Total Rural Urban Total Rural Urban
Tamil Nadu 7,21,47,030 3,61,37,975 3,60,09,055 7,94,697 6,60,280 1,34,417 1.1 1.8 0.4
Puducherry # 12,47,953 61,25,11 6,35,442 NST NST NST NST NST NST
Andaman &
Nicobar Islands #
3,80,581 2,02,871 1,77,710 28,530 26,715 1,815 7.5 11.3 1.3
Source: https://tribal.nic.in/ST/StatisticalProfileofSTs2013.pdf
Note: The table was compiled by the Researcher.
Note: # denotes Union Territory.
Note: NST denotes No notified Scheduled Tribe.
38
1.13. Social Exclusion of Scheduled Tribes in India
The Scheduled Tribes suffer from geographical and cultural seclusion and inadequate
physical infrastructure. The present situation of tribes and their exclusion from mainstream
society have been traced from pre-independence era. The history of tribals during the last
60 years were filled with stories of forced displacement, land alienation and increasing
marginalisation and eruption of violence. Measuring by any parameters of development,
the tribes always stay at the last rung of the development ladder. The situation of the
nomadic and pastoral tribal communities has been even worse.
Living in forests and hilly regions, the tribal people have remained unrecognised, ignored,
neglected and isolated all through the centuries. Speaking over 150 languages and 225
subsidiary languages, the tribals are dispersed over the length and breadth of India from
the Himalayas to the Indian Ocean and from the Arabian Sea to the Eastern Frontiers. In a
land of kaleidoscopic diversity, these tribes who have contributed to the richness of our
culture and heritage are at different stages of development and their problems differ from
locality to locality and even within their own groups (Xaxa, 2003).
“Soon after the Independence, the basic principles for the development of the Scheduled
Tribes were clearly enunciated by Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru in the form of ‘Tribal
Panchasheel’, which was later endorsed by the Renuka Roy Committee (1959), Dhebar
Commission (1961) and Shilu Ao Committee (1969). Starting from the Special
Multipurpose Tribal Blocks of 1956, the measures taken for development of Scheduled
Tribes are multifarious. The creation of separate Tribal Development Blocks in the Second
Five Year Plan (1956-61) and of a Tribal Sub-plan (TSP) within the State plan in the Fifth
Five Year Plan (1974-79), and formation of the Large-scale Multipurpose Cooperative
Societies (LAMPS), Tribal Development Agencies, Integrated Tribal Development Area
Projects (ITDA), Modified Area Development Approach (MADA), Micro Projects for
Primitive Tribal Groups (PTGs) reflected the course of tribal development administration
in the country” (Rao, 2001). All these welfare and development schemes have mainly
focussed on the Scheduled Tribes populations who are living in Central and North-East
States of India.
39
On the basis of expert advice, as contained in the Bhuria Committee Report (1995), an
Amendment to the Act was enacted in December 1996 enabling the extension of the 73rd
Amendment Act - 1992, in a modified form to the Schedule Areas. The Act extends
Panchayat to the Scheduled Areas of eight states namely, Andhra Pradesh, Bihar (including
the recently formed State of Jharkhand), Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh
(including recently formed State of Chhattisgarh), Maharastra, Odhisa (formerly known as
Orissa) and Rajasthan which intends to empower the Gram Sabha and Gram Panchayat in
tribal societies to preserve their customs, values and traditions and ensure their traditional
rights over natural resources. The main objective of all these initiatives is to bring
sustainable development in tribal areas and to sustain the livelihoods of tribal communities.
It must also be noted that there are other States of India (Kerala, Tamilnadu, Karnataka,
Goa, Assam, Manipur, Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland and Andaman and Nicobar Islands)
with sizeable tribal population in the country. They are covered neither by the Fifth nor by
the Sixth Schedules. Tribals living in the non-scheduled areas are more vulnerable in terms
of losing their land ownership, control over the forest and natural resources. The process
of scheduling was started in the early fifties and resumed in the seventies, but remained
incomplete largely due to lack of political will.
Therefore, a substantial number of Adivasi people live outside the Scheduled areas, and
have little constitutional or legal protection. The share of Adivasi people living in States
covered neither by the Fifth nor by the Sixth Schedule increased from 17.5 per cent in 2001
to 18.8 per cent in 2011. There was also a substantial Adivasi population living outside
Scheduled areas in States with Fifth and Sixth Scheduled areas. In Andhra Pradesh, for
example, the number of Scheduled Tribe people living outside Scheduled areas (referred
to as Plains Tribals) as a proportion of all Adivasis in the State was around 52 per cent.
Substantial sections of Adivasis thus have no constitutional or legal protection (Karat &
Rawal, 2014).
1.14. Concept of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities
Based on the foregoing discussion, the plight of the Scheduled Tribes is ascertained even
though they have been extended with plethora of constitutional provisions, reservation,
40
welfare programmes and policies and affirmative actions. In such situation what would be
the condition of identical tribal communities who are differentially recognised and
disadvantaged with the above mentioned domains? Such case is evident in case of tribal
communities living in Puducherry Union Territory since time immemorial. The situation
of tribal communities in Puducherry pose a peculiar problems of development which was
not encountered in other South Indian states.
The significant aspects of inclusion include reservation in education and employment and
political participation. However, certain communities who claim tribal lineage have not
been listed in the Scheduled Tribes list and therefore have suffered from exclusion from
the stated inclusive policy. Such a case has, in the year 2008, been highlighted through the
agitation of Gujjars Tribal Community who fought for the Scheduled Tribes status on these
ground of exclusion.
Gujjar Tribal People, a farming and trading community in Rajasthan, India - were classified
by the Government as an "Other Backward Class". They were part of the caste system that
do not face as much exclusion or discrimination in the society. The Gujjar community felt
that they had been economically and educationally left behind and wanted to be reclassified
as a Scheduled Tribe. They demanded scheduled tribe status so that they could qualify for
Government jobs and state college seats reserved solely for such groups. The Government
of India has put in place an affirmative action plan that sets aside job and educational quotas
for the disadvantaged groups that it classifies as Scheduled Tribes.
As the Rajasthan Government had not obliged to the demand of Gujjar Tribal People, they
started to agitate against the Government demanding Scheduled Tribes status. The struggle
of Gujjars of Rajasthan for Scheduled Tribes status was going on and on for the last several
decades and they had adopted and utilised all possible peaceful means to put forth their
genuine demands.
Finally, after long years of agitation, Gujjar tribal community was listed under “Special
Backward Classes” category and given one per cent reservation in the Government
recruitments in Rajasthan. Consequently they were promised that the remaining four per
41
cent will be provided after the High Court’s clearance to five per cent reservation for
“Special Backward Classes” in the State.
A situation similar to the Gujjars Tribal Community has been gaining ground in Puducherry
Union Territory. According to Census of India 2011 (Table 1.3) there are no Scheduled
Tribes notified in Puducherry. However, five tribal communities viz. Irular,
Kattunayakkan, Kurumans, Malaikuravan and Yerukkula, have been residing in
Puducherry and representing themselves through “Puducherry Scheduled Tribe People’s
Federation” (PSTPF) (an association formed for tribal peoples’ welfare in Puducherry
Union Territory) for recognition of tribal status. These communities suffer significantly
from various forms of social exclusion and attribute this to the exclusion from the inclusive
policy of Scheduled Tribes reservation.
Here the supporting factor for these tribal people demanding Scheduled Tribe status is that
Prof. T. Subramanyam Naidu – an eminent Anthropologist in Pondicherry University - has
conducted a study to identify the tribal people in the Puducherry Union Territory under the
financial support of Government of Puducherry. In the report entitled, ‘Identification of the
Scheduled Tribes in Pondicherry’, the Professor has mentioned that there are tribals in this
Union Territory with no due recognition both by the Union Territory Government and
thereby Government of India.
For instance, Irular Tribal Community is notified as Scheduled Tribe through The
Constitution (Scheduled Tribes) Order - 1950, Part XIV - Tamil Nadu, S. No: 4; Part VII -
Kerala, S. No: 5 and Part VI - Karnataka, S. No: 13. But the same tribal community living
in Puducherry Union Territory has been classified under Backward Tribes under major
category Other Backward Class (OBC) and not enjoyed constitutional provisions and
safeguards as their did in the neighbouring states. Similar case is applicable to some other
tribal communities living in the Puducherry region viz. Kattunayakkan, Malaikuravan,
Kurumans and Yerukkula Tribal Communities. It is inferred that though these tribal
communities are notified as Scheduled Tribes in one state but they are excluded from
scheduling in the other state thereby not availing affirmative actions and welfare measures.
42
Therefore, the researcher denotes such tribes as Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities
because of the state of dissimilar recognition and provisions by the government. Hence,
the concept of Non-Scheduled Tribal Community is operationally defined as “an identical
tribal community which has dissimilar recognition, having categorized under different
social groups by the government, even though living within the same geographical
location” (Raja, 2014). So concerning the tribal communities’ development as thrust area,
the policy makers should concentrate more on formulation and implementation of inclusive
measures meant for the upliftment and development in all the aspects.
From the above discussion, it is understood that the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities
living in Puducherry have been excluded by both Central and State governments by not
according Scheduled Tribes status which resulted multi-dimensional deprivations.
Therefore, the present research is taken up to study the living condition and social exclusion
of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in Puducherry.
1.15. An Overview of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in Puducherry Union
Territory
As per 2011 Census of India, there is no notified Scheduled Tribes in Puducherry Union
Territory. However, this section delineates the brief history of existence of five tribal
communities viz. Irular, Kattunayakkan, Kurumans, Malaikuravan and Yerukkula in
Puducherry Union Territory (administratively designated Backward Tribes, however, for
research purpose henceforth termed as Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities). It further
elaborates the conditions, and recognition of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities living in
Puducherry Union Territory.
1.15.1. Place of Residence and Plight of Tribal Communities
Families of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities are living in the nook and corners of the
regions of Puducherry Union Territory except Mahe Region (situated in the State of Kerala,
India). Puducherry Scheduled Tribe People’s Federation (PSTPF) reports that these five
tribal communities are living in 92 places of Puducherry, 16 places of Karaikal and 5 places
of Yanam Districts respectively.
43
Since decades, these people are living without fundamental rights, recognition and identity.
This was later realised that, on one side, it was the Government which did not recognise
and include them in the Census enumeration since the de jure transfer of Puducherry with
the Indian Government. On the other side, it was the tribal people who were living scattered
without unity, ignorance, illiteracy and lack of education and unaware about the
Government administration which ceased them from enjoying their rights and welfare
benefits from the Government. Such situation prevailed over the years and the tribal people
had been experiencing the ill-fate.
1.15.2. Formation of Tribal Welfare Federation
After witnessing the deplorable conditions, innumerable forms of exploitation, and human
rights violations, some of the tribal leaders from the tribal communities in Puducherry
joined hands together and established an association i.e. Pondicherry Tribal Welfare
Association on 02.12.1985 and registered the same in Pondicherry Chamber of Commerce
under the Societies Act.
To disclose the presence and strength the of tribal population in Puducherry Union
Territory and to seek the attention of the Political Leaders and Administrators of the
Puducherry Government, tribal people living in all the regions were organised together in
Puducherry and marched towards Hon’ble Lieutenant Governor’s Office in 1986. At the
end of the event, the tribal leaders submitted the memorandum which demanded
recognition as Scheduled Tribe, Family Identity Card (Ration Card), Legal Land Document
(Land Patta), Voting Rights, Education and other basic rights embodied in the Indian
Constitution.
An initiative was taken by the Association and all the other tribal communities living in
Karaikal and Yanam were organised and, subsequently Pondicherry Tribal Welfare
Association was renamed to Puducherry Scheduled Tribe People’s Federation in the year
1989. Consequently there are 22 Branch Associations (as shown in the table 1.4) based on
the communities and villages are established, registered and running under the Federation
in all the three regions (Puducherry, Karaikal and Yanam) of Puducherry Union Territory.
44
Table 1.4 - Branch Associations of PSTPF
S. No Branch Associations Registration
01 Solai Nagar Irular Youths Welfare Association 22.10.1988
02 Pondicherry Tribal Women Welfare Association 22.11.1990
03 Pondicherry Yerukkula Tribe Welfare Association 20.08.1996
04 Pondicherry Narikkuravar Women Welfare Association 07.03.1997
05 Ekalaivan Youths Welfare Association 20.04.1997
06 Karaikal Malakkuravan Development Association 12.10.1998
07 Villianur Malakkuravan Development Association 12.10.1998
08 Mannadipet Scheduled Tribes Welfare Association 06.12.1998
09 Kattunayakkan Women Development Association 12.10.2000
10 Ariyankuppam Tribal Welfare Association 13.12.2000
11 Irular Tribes Development Association 15.07.2001
12 Malakkuravan Women Welfare Association 06.03.2002
13 Narikkuravar Women Welfare Association 06.03.2002
14 Ariyankuppam Tribal Development Association 06.12.2004
15 Vadanur Annai Indira Gandhi Women’s Association 17.09.2005
16 Nettapakkam Tribals Welfare Association 14.09.2006
17 Adivasi Women Self Help Groups Federation (37 SHGs) 13.11.2007
18 Thattanchavady Tribals Welfare Association 20.01.2008
19 T. N. Palayam Tribals Welfare Association 30.11.2009
20 Vellankuppam Tribals Association 29.01.2013
21 Karaikal District Tribals Development Association 12.05.2003
22 Sri Krishna Ekalaiva – Yerukkula Association - Yanam
45
1.15.3. Total Population of the Tribal Communities
The Federation in its report has mentioned that there are 4132 tribal families living across
the Union Territory of whom approximately 2500 families alone are living in 92 places of
Puducherry District. The rest of the tribal families are seen in the districts of Karaikal and
Yanam respectively.
1.15.4. French Colonies and the events of their mergence with India
Puducherry (formerly known as Pondicherry) and its other conclaves were under the
French administration from 1674 to 1962. During this period, British Government had
taken many Census enumerations from 1891 to 1941 and subsequently independent India
had conducted and published two Census enumerations in the year 1951 and 1961. Since
the Puducherry and other regions of French administration were officially merged with
India only after 1963 (as shown in the table 1.5), it is, therefore, evident that census
enumeration in Puducherry has started only from 1971.
Table 1.5 - Details of the Merger of French Colonies with India
French
Colony
de facto
transfer
Treaty of
Cession
de jure
transfer Merger
Chandernagore 26 June 1949 28 Feb 1951 9 June 1952 1 Oct 1954
Pondicherry 1 Nov 1954 28 May 1956 16 Aug 1962 1 July 1963
Karaikal 1 Nov 1954 28 May 1956 16 Aug 1962 1 July 1963
Yanam 1 Nov 1954 28 May 1956 16 Aug 1962 1 July 1963
Mahe 1 Nov 1954 28 May 1956 16 Aug 1962 1 July 1963
1.15.5. Evidences on the Prevalence of Tribal Communities in Puducherry
It is to be noted that in the year 1969, the term tribe in the form of ‘Backward Classes’
came to be known by the Office Circular of the Revenue Department, Pondicherry
Government (No. 11450/69 dated on 02.07.1969). The Revenue Department has issued a
memorandum No. B. 6240/009/71, dated on 21.06.1971 stating that the Pondicherry
Government has, for issuance of Community Certificate, decided to adopt a list of
46
Backward Classes of Tamil Nadu in respect of Pondicherry and Karaikal Regions and the
list of Backward Classes of Kerala and Andhra Pradesh in respect of Mahe and Yanam
Regions respectively. In its memorandum, the following list of tribes have been notified
as follow: S. No. 41. Irulas, S. No. 68. Kurumba, S. No. 152. Yerukula. In the subsequent
memorandum by the same department, one more tribal community was added in the
Backward Classes list, is: S. No. 180. Vettaikaran (No. E. 8234/661/71, dated on
21.07.1971).
State Level Backward Class Commission, in its order (No.48/DSW/S.O./94. dated on
17.11.1994) has notified the list / schedule of all the Castes and their Sub-castes prevailing
in the Puducherry without any social groups classification. In the list, all the five tribal
communities have been notified (S.No: 47. Irular, S.No: 61. Kattu Nayakkar, S.No: 67.2.
Malaikuravar, S.No: 68. Kurumbar, S.No: 136. Vettaikarar and S.No: 141. Yerukkular).
The Anthropological Survey of India launched a project entitled ‘People of India on 2nd
October, 1985. The objective of the project was to generate a brief and descriptive
anthropological profile of all the communities of India. Accordingly, Prof. M. Ramadass,
Prof. T. Subramanyam Naidu and Mr. D. Xaviour have conducted a study on the
communities of Puducherry in which 62 communities and 5 sub-communities were taken
up for study. Among which, only Irula and Yerukkula Communities have been studied and
their brief and anthropological report have been furnished (Singh, 1994).
The Government of Puducherry (by its order G.O.Ms.No.76/2000-Wel(SCW), dated on
23.02.2000) requested the Department of Anthropology, Pondicherry University to Identity
the Scheduled Tribes in Puducherry, to prepare Ethnographic Report of the Identification
of Tribes, to prepare the list of Scheduled Tribes and to submit the same to the State and
Central Government, and to assess the social status of the Scheduled Tribes.
In continuation of the above, Prof. T. Subramanyam Naidu (an eminent in Anthropological
Research) - Head of the Department of Anthropology, Pondicherry University, undertook
the research work on identification of Scheduled Tribes of Puducherry and submitted the
report to the Government of Puducherry. In the said report, the following Castes /
47
Communities have been recommended to be declared as Scheduled Tribes in Puducherry
Union Territory.
(1) Irular (including its sub-tribes)
(a) Villi
(b) Vettaikaran
(2) Kattunayakkan
(3) Kurumans
(4) Malaikuravan
(5) Yerukkula
Based on the demand and proposal of the Puducherry Scheduled Tribes Welfare Federation
to the Government of Puducherry, the Council of Ministers, Puducherry Government in
the Cabinet Meeting held on 07.08.2002 has passed a resolution to recommend to the
Government of India for inclusion of the above mentioned five tribal communities as
Scheduled Tribe in the Union Territory of Puducherry. In this regard, a detailed proposal
has been sent to the Government of India, Ministry of Tribal Affairs, New Delhi for the
inclusion of the above mentioned five tribal communities in the Union Territory of
Puducherry and requested necessary Presidential Order vide Letter No: B.23039/34/91-
Wel(SCW) dated on 07.10.2002.
1.15.6. Attainment of Recognition as Backward Tribe
After long years of advocacy with Puducherry Government, agitations and perseverance of
tribal communities and their tribal leaders, those five tribal communities have officially
been recognised as tribes and included in the Most Backward Class (MBC) category on
12.04.2010 through Government Order. [G.O.Ms.No.5/2009/We1./SW-V].
In the subsequent amendment [G.O.Ms.No.6/2010/Wel./SW-V] dated 09.06.2010, along
with the recognition and inclusion, one per cent reservation was accorded and extended to
them in admission in the educational institutions and reservation in Group C and D posts
at Puducherry administration. Further State Level Commission for Backward Classes,
Puducherry suggested to delete those five castes found in the MBC list and recommended
to be declared as Backward Tribes. Therefore, the Hon’ble Lieutenant Governor of
Puducherry Union Territory accepted the recommendation of the State Level Commission
48
for Backward Classes and ordered that the aforementioned MBC castes shall be declared
as “Backward Tribes” in the Union Territory of Puducherry (as shown in the table 1.6).
Table 1.6 - List of Backward Tribes in Puducherry Union Territory
S. No. Tribe and Sub-Group Locality
1 Irular (Including the Sub-Castes
Villi and Vettaikarar) Pondicherry and Karaikal Regions
2 Kattunayakan Pondicherry, Karaikal and Yanam
Regions
3 Kuruman / Kurumans Pondicherry Region
4 Malaikuravan / Malakuravan Pondicherry, Karaikal and Yanam
Regions
5 Yerukula Pondicherry and Yanam Regions
Note: Researcher prepared the table from the data available in the Puducherry Gazette
The Registrar General of India (Letter No: 8/1/2004-SS Puducherry, dated on 21.06.2013)
supported the proposal for identification and notification of Irular and its Sub-castes Villi
and Vettaikaran only as Scheduled Tribe in the Puducherry Union Territory and did not
support the identification of other four tribal communities as Scheduled Tribes. In this
connection, the Registrar General of India has stated that the persons belonging to Irular
Tribal Community have been found still having tribal characteristics in their economy,
material traits, religious activities, traditional community council and so on.
Pursuance to the decision, a team headed by Dr. Rameshwar Oraon, Chairperson National
Commission for Scheduled Tribes and accompanied by Mr. R. Vijayakumar, Secretary and
Director visited Puducherry Union Territory from 31.08.2014 to 03.09.2014 for
identification of Scheduled Tribe.
Accordingly, on 01.09.2014, the Team visited Thimma Nayakkan Palayam and Vadhanur
Villages and interacted with the local residents of Irular and Kattunayakkan Tribal
Communities. On 02.09.2014, the Team visited Nallambal and Karukankudi Habitations
49
in Karaikal District of Union Territory of Puducherry and interacted with Malaikuravan
and Kattunayakkan Tribal Communities.
1.15.7. Conclusion of the Field Visit
On the basis of the observation and information gathered during the field visits, meeting
with representatives of different organisations, social groups, individuals, anthropologists
and District and Union Territory level authorities, the Commission found that Irular
(including its sub-castes Villi and Vettaikaran) community possess tribal characteristics
and qualifies the parameters laid down for identification of tribal community as this
community has retained its economic pattern, material traits, religious activities,
community council, etc. Hence, it can be concluded that the Irular (its sub-castes Villi and
Vettaikaran) tribal community alone qualifies / fulfils the criteria for inclusion of the
community in the Scheduled Tribe list of the Puducherry Union Territory.
In this regard, the Constitution (Puducherry) Scheduled Tribes Order 2016 has obtained
the assent of Hon’ble President of India on 22.12.2016 and the same was published in
Gazette of India on 22.12.2016. By this order, it is declared that Irular and its sub-castes
Villi and Vettaikaran be notified as Scheduled Tribe in Puducherry Union Territory
(Annual Report 2016-17, Tribal Affairs).
1.15.8. Puducherry Union Territory Administration’s stand on Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities
It is bewildering to note that though Puducherry Government recognised those five tribal
communities as Backward Tribes (i.e. Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities) based on the
study report submitted by Prof. T. Subramanyam Naidu, none of the Government
Departments concerned have the adequate data on the demographic profile of the tribal
communities.
This was known from the reply letters of Taluk and Municipality Offices, and the Census
Operations, Puducherry. The researcher filed applications under Right To Information Act
– 2005, seeking information on Total number of Backward Tribes households, Total
50
Backward Tribes population and Community wise break up of Backward Tribes in
Puducherry Union Territory.
The reply from Census Enumeration Office, Puducherry Region discloses that it does not
have any data on above particulars (No: C.32011/1/2017/RTI/Technical/62, dated on
14.03.2017) as it enumerated them and classified under General Category in the 2011
Census.
Moreover, the reply from the Public Information Officers of District Collectorate and Taluk
Offices, Puducherry clearly exhibits that they do not maintain population particulars of
those five backward tribal communities.
The Reply letters received from the officials are as follow:
1. Office of the Special Secretary (Rev)-cum-District Collector:
(No: 2505/DRDM/RTI/2017 dated on 14.03.2017)
“The information sought by is not available in this office and the same may be available
with Taluk Offices of concerned jurisdiction at Puducherry”.
2. Oulgaret Taluk Office: (No: 918/TOO/A/RTI/2017/289 dated on 27.03.2017)
“The information sought by you is volumnus and requires collection and collation of data
which is not covered under the ambit of RTI Act”.
3. Puducherry Taluk Office: (No: 912/TOP/RTI/2017 dated on 06.03.2017)
“The requisite information requires to be collected and collated. But whereas Hon’ble
Supreme Court on RTI 2005 in Civil Appeal No.6454 of 2011 arising out of SLP(C) No.
7526/2009 in the case of Central Board of Secondary Education & Anr.Vs.Ajitya
Bandopadhyay & Ors have categorically stated that “the definition of ‘information’ in
section 2 (f) of the Act, only refers to such material available in the records of the public
authority”. Hence, no information could be supplied”.
51
4. Villianur Taluk Office: (No: 1291/TOV/RTI/A3/2016/ dated on 20.03.2017)
“It is informed that compiling and consolidating of information does not come under the
ambit of Right to Information Act 2005”.
5. Bahour Taluk Office: (No: 704/TOB/A1/RTI/2016-17/123 dated 20.03.2017)
“The details of applicant who has applied for Backward Tribes Community certificates
(Irular, Kattunayakkan, Kuruman, Malikuravan and Yerukula) from 01/04/2010 to
31/03/2016 is not being maintained in this office separately and category wise. But,
certificate issue register has been maintained from 02/01/2012 only”.
1.15.9. Exclusion of Puducherry Tribal Communities in the British Period
The study of tribal groups began with the establishment of the Asiatic Society of Bengal in
1784. Since then, scholars and administrators have been writing general works on the tribal
people of different regions. These works were more in the form of inventories that took the
form of handbooks and monographs. Such notable works, focussing on groups and
communities - tribes in particular, were Dalton’s Descriptive Ethnology of Bengal (1872),
Risley’s Tribes and Castes of Bengal (1891), Russell and Hira Lal’s Tribes and Castes of
the Central Provinces of India (1916) and Thurston’s Castes and Tribes of South India
(1909) (Xaxa, 2014).
It is worthwhile to note that the first formation of tribes living in southern states was
brought to light in the descriptive notes on tribes and castes published by British
administrators and census officers appointed in the respective regions or states. When such
effort was initiated, Edgar Thurston, an Administrator-cum-Anthropologist in British
period, began his field researches as early as 1896 in South India and published the
Ethnographic Notes on South India in 1906 as well as wrote on the Tribes and Castes in
South India in seven volumes. During the period of his study on the tribal communities,
the entire region of Pondicherry and its other conclaves were completely left out as the
administrative capacities were with and under the French Rule. Hence, during his entire
period of the study, he did not take into the account of the existence of tribal communities
lived in Pondicherry and its other conclaves (Vidyarthi & Rai, 1985).
52
There has been a flood of literature on Scheduled Tribes in the post-independence period.
These have mainly come from three sources: the Anthropological Survey of India,
University Departments of Sociology and Anthropology, and Tribal Research Institutes
established in the states having a substantial Scheduled Tribes population. However, no
studies have been undertaken with respect to the tribal communities living in Puducherry
Union Territory. Such ignorance and negligence of the anthropologists, historians and
social researchers have hindered the existence of tribal communities to the world.
1.16. Concept of Living Condition
With this backdrop, it is imperative to discuss about the living condition of Non-Scheduled
Tribal Communities. The task of studying living condition focuses on the poor,
impoverished, deprived and socially excluded communities that expands one’s
understanding of the living condition of the whole population. Hence, living Condition is
defined as the level of wealth, comfort, material goods and necessities available to a certain
social class in a certain geographic area.
Living condition or living standard gauge what people have, what they do and where they
live (Patsios & Hillyard, 2012). The indicators are determined not only by choices and
personal preferences but also by the degree of command they have over resources which
restrict or do not restrict them in having or doing or participating in things they have reason
to value including not only items and activities seen as essential but also those seen as
desirable. Resources which individuals and households have command over, include
monetary and non-monetary assets, short and long term. The indicators also include
housing, neighbourhoods, social services and social networks, and a range of social and
leisure activities.
1.16.1. Indicators used for measuring Living Condition
To measure the living condition, World Bank (2014) has constructed Core Welfare
Indicator Questionnaire (CWIQ) and conducted survey in various coutries to measure the
living standards or conditions of the country. This CWIQ Survey is designed to gather
information related to poverty which generally contains information related to Housing
53
Conditions, Water and Sanitation, Education, use and access of Health Care system, and
Income and Assets.
In line with this, Ganguli & Gupta (1976) also opine that the concept of living condition
included the scale of preferences and satisfaction of wants of individual members in a
family and also the collective wants of groups and communities. The vital components of
the concept living condition are (i) Occupation, (ii) Consumption, (iii) Health Conditions,
(iv) Income, (v) Education and (vi) Human Freedom.
Boelhouwer (2002) cites a study conducted by Social and Cultural Planning (SCP) of
Netherlands Government on the social and living conditions of the population by assessing
economic, demographic and social changes and the influence upon them. For which Living
Condition Indec had been prepared by the SCP data have been collected from 1974 to 1997.
The Inex was composed of eight indicators such as housing, health, leisure activity, sport
activity, social participation, mobility, vacation and consumer durables. The pertinant
indicators have been applied based on the present research such as housing condition which
included the type of ownership, type of building, structural conditions, number of rooms,
area of dwelling room; health condition which inculded illness or sickness and its duration,
and hospitalisation for the sickness; Purchasing Power / Consumer Durables which
included household income, available consumer durables and appliances in the households;
and miscelleneous indicators such as level of educational attainment and paid employment.
1.17. Social Exclusion
The concept of social exclusion, generally in development literature, has been defined as
an inability to choose or lack of capability to fully participate in the development of a
society In India, social exclusion revolves around some sections of the population,
particularly, dalits, adivasis, women and minorities. They are the victims of social
exclusion by caste, creed, sex, ethnicity and religion. In the society, they are isolated,
discriminated and deprived of equal access to social and economic opportunities.
Therefore, in the Indian context, the core feature of social exclusion is the denial of equal
opportunities by certain groups of the society which impose themselves upon others that
54
leads the inability of an individual to participate in the basic political, economic and social
functioning of society (Thorat, 2009).
Social Exclusion is a term which has been very much used in the fields of academia and
Government policy planners worldwide for identifying the gaps of development of the
neglected people in all spheres of their life. However, the root cause for social exclusion
varies from country to country, people to people and person to person in different time
periods reflecting different domains such as geographical, historical and political
nevertheless the results remain the same in the form of lack of people’s development as
well as the country. Social exclusion impacts highly on the livelihoods of the people that
results increased rate of poverty, poor health condition and so on (Kadun & Gadkar, 2014).
Social Exclusion framework is increasingly used in highlighting the issues and problems
faced by the disadvantaged groups. It provides a multi-dimensional and dynamic
framework which focuses attention on both the causes and consequences of social
disadvantage.
1.17.1. Conceptualization of Social Exclusion
The French tradition builds on Durkheim (1897) and especially on his analysis of ‘anomie’
(normlessness) as a sociological explanation of suicide and on the importance he attributes
to institutions as a manifestation of ‘social facts’ (collective ways of acting, thinking and
feeling). Following the rising unemployment in the 1970s and the introduction of new
social assistance legislation in the 1980s, the concept of social exclusion enjoyed revival
in France. Here its socio-cultural meaning was emphasised to signify the extent of social
disintegration and the inability to maintain social relations.
Jehoel-Gijsbers (2004; updated by Johoel-Gijsbers et al., 2009) performed an extensive
review of the more recent literature on social exclusion. From this, it is concluded that
“social exclusion theoretically refers to four dimensions namely,
a) Limited Social Participation means that people have limited social
networks, that they maintain few contacts with others and their social
engagement is low
55
b) A Lack of Normative Integration refers to a failure to comply with central
norms and values of the subject’s community
c) Material Deprivation refers to certain deficits that people actually
experience, as revealed by lack of basic goods and services for financial
reasons, payment arrears and problematic debts
d) Inadequate Access to Basic Social Rights means that people do not attain
adequate health care, sufficient education and proper living environment”
Therefore, social exclusion occurs if a person is deprived simultaneously on several of
these four dimensions. “Social exclusion is a complex and multi-dimensional process. It
involves the lack or denial of resources, rights, goods and services, and the inability to
participate in the normal relationships and activities, available to the majority of people in
society, whether in economic, social, cultural, or political arenas. It affects both the quality
of life of individuals and the equity and cohesion of society as a whole” (Levitas et al.,
2007)
1.17.2. Definitions of Social Exclusion
The definitions of social exclusion that reflect the condition of Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities are presented in this section.
Rodgers (1995)
The definition of social exclusion ranges from little more than re-naming of poverty to a
more broad concepts based on a lack of, or inability to participate in society, for example,
exclusion from goods and services, labour market, land resources and social security.
Kabeer (2000)
“Social exclusion reflects the multiple and overlapping nature of the disadvantages
experienced by certain groups and categories of the population, with social identity as the
central axis of their exclusion”.
56
Barker (2003)
Social exclusion is defined in the Social Work Dictioanry as the “marginlisation of
individual, people or areas and the imposition of barriers that restrict them from accessing
to opportunities to fully integrate with the larger society”.
Levitas et al., (2007)
“Social Exclusion is a complex and a multi-dimensional process. It involves the lack of or
denial of resources, rights, goods and services, and the inability to participate in the normal
relationships and activities, available to the majority of people in society, whether in
economic, social, cultural, or political arenas. It affects both the quality of life of
individuals and the equity and cohesiveness of the society as a whole”.
This definition covers issues associated with the denial of rights and lack of participation.
It also emphasises not only what social exclusion is, but what it gives rise to – its
consequences for individual and society in both the short-run and over the long-run.
1.17.3. Social Exclusion in Indian Context
Thorat (2009)
“Social exclusion is a process which involves denial of rights and opportunities which the
majority enjoy, resulting in the inability of individuals from excluded groups to participate
in the basic political, economic and social functioning of the society, thereby causing high
human poverty and deprivation among them”.
Sonowal (2014)
“Social Exclusion may be defined as an institutionalised form of inequality, the failure of
a society to extend to all sections of its population, the economic resources and social
recognition which they need in order to participate fully in the collective life of the
community”.
57
1.18. Need and Scope of the Study
There have been a number of attempts to examine the socio-economic conditions of the
tribal population of India, whereas efforts to integrate the multi-faceted aspects of tribal
life and to derive economic feasibilities from them are very less. While most of the studies
have been concentrated on the life styles, behavioural patterns and social structure of the
tribal people, and few studies are available on their education, economy, health etc. A large
number of studies are available, having conducted particularly after independence, to
assess whether the conditions of tribal societies of India have changed or not, while some
of the studies are concentrated on their traditional economy, land, agriculture, employment
of the tribes. Some studies have focused on the effects of the tribal development
progammes like Integrated Tribal Development Programme (ITDP), Integrated Rural
Development Programme (IRDP) on the tribal societies, and implementation and
evaluation of such programmes. Commissions, committees and legislations have played an
important role in the life of tribals. Some studies deal these aspects to some extent, whereas
there are comparatively few studies, which examine the socio-economic conditions, living
conditions, poverty level, and inequalities of different tribal groups.
The existence of socio-economic inequalities in under-developed economies is abysmal.
These inequalities are mainly due to low rate of development, which is influenced by
economic as well as non-economic factors. This leads to the inequalities in the
distribution of asset, income and consumption and hence causes variations in the
standard of living of different sections of society. One such section of society is tribal
society.
Despite constitutional provisions and many special plans, projects, schemes and
programmes launched by the Indian government for the overall development of Scheduled
Tribes, no significant progress is observed especially in educational sphere even today.
Their deprivation in education resulting into various forms of exploitation and is the
violation of human rights (Pradhan, 2004).
Even after implementation of five year plans, Tribal Sub Plan, welfare progrmmes in the
country, many policy analysts argue that no perceptible improvement in the tribal areas
58
could be found as well as in the living standards of tribals in many states. It has resulted in
(1) strains of governance in tribal areas (2) necessitated a fresh appraisal at tribal policy (3)
General backwardness found expression in political demands and sometimes nationalities
questions. Anger and frustration of tribals can be empathized if we look at some of the
development indicators in TSP and non-TSP areas country since the contrast is more stark
and palpable.
Adapting the concept of social exclusion to tribal communities living in Puducherry Union
Territory, it could be understood how the tribal communities have been excluded from
effectively participating in social and economy, politics, cultural life and decision making
process. Thus addressing the existing vulnerabilities is vital particularly among the tribal
communities for marching towards social inclusion. Hence, the present research addresses
the social exclusion of tribal communities and highlights the relation between the exclusion
with their living condition. Having considered the concentration of tribal communities in
Puducherry, it has been selected as the ideal location for the study. Social exclusion and
living condition have been recognised as one of the factors increasing the vulnerability of
tribal communities in Puducherry and hence it is considered to be a suitable theme for the
present study.
59
CHAPTER – 2
REVIEW OF LITERATURE
2.1. Introduction
Thie Review of Literature is pertinent to have a brief review of the earlier studies
conducted in the specific area. The review of related literature renders its help to
eliminate redundancy in the research and provide useful directions and meanigful
suggestions for significant investigation. There are two types of research process. One
is to see past research conclusion and compare it with present situation for changes of
researchers research work and second is to follow the research work with the help of
past research (Kamble, 2008).
The Scheduled Tribes in india is not a monolithic group. Across the country, they show
a greater variation in social, economic, political, educational and health spheres and
even within the tribal groups. In order to understand the Living Conditions and Social
Exclusion of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in Puducherry, an exploration of
related literatures have been performed and the literatures sourced from various journal
articles and reports have been presented thematically.
2.2. Social and Economic Development of Tribal Communities
Elwin (1944) attributed the deplorable and impoverished condition of the tribals to their
contact with the outside world which had led them to become increasingly indebted and
lose control over their land and forests. Such impoverishment had unprecedented
effects on their social and cultural life as well.
Majumdar (1949) has written the importance of economic development among tribal
communities. The author says, “in some cases, prior to education and employment of
tribal teachers, the problem of bread must be solved”. Therefore, economic
development of tribal communities is essential for their integration with other sections
of the Indian society. The main reason for their ethno-political movements is state of
acute poverty. Against this background, the development programmes must be
formulated based on the tribes’ specific characteristics and needs, and the state has to
ensure that funds earmarked for the tribes reach them properly.
60
Except India, no other countries in the world has made more efforts to protect the rights
of the indigenous people and to integrate them into national development planning, says
Jones (1978). The Constitution recognises the special needs of the tribals, more laws
have been enacted to protect their rights, tribes-centric programmes have been
designed. Inspite these efforts, tribal communities remain the most vulnerable,
underdeveloped and excluded community in India. To substantiate author’s view,
Planning Commission report (1973) stated that – “Reviewing the policies and
programmes of the proceding five-year plans, we are of the opinion that the efforts so
far made for the social and economic development of the Scheduled Tribes have not
brought about an appreciable change in their condition”
Ekka (2012) discussed the concept of land according to the tribal people in the aspects
of livelihood, socio-cultural identity and socio-economic and political systems.
According to Ekka, the meaning of land for the tribal people is derived from their myths
and legends which describe the genesis of human beings allegiance to God as well as
their relationship with the spirits and the other animate and inanimate things. For the
tribal people, land is source of livelihood. They grow crops and vegetables, collect fruits
and roots as well as rear fowls and goats for food. Similarly they get the necessary
wood, sand and stones for their domestic use. Thus satisfaction of basic needs is the
goal of production among the agrarian tribal people. Ekka further discusses that tribal
people get their social identity by belonging to their respective tribes in a special
relationship with land. Their surnames like Ekka (tortoise) among the Uraons, Tapno
(a bird) among the Mundas give them their individual and the clan or community
identity. Similarly, the surnames show the tribal people’s relatedness with the resources
like Panna (iron in Uraon). Hence they have profound respect for these creatures and
resources. There is no misuse and depletion of resources for profit and accumulation of
wealth among the tribal people. Also the tribal people have symbiotic relationship with
these beings and resources. Moreover, in the socio-economic and political system
context, land and its products are taken as the gifts of God and to be shared by all. The
communal ownership of land derives its significance from this sense of belonging to
the community, the clan and the tribe. Similarly the economic activity is agrarian and
the power relations as well as the leadership roles derive their norms and sanctions from
the fact of belonging to the community. The egalitarian values of the tribal society in
61
the socio-political spheres originate from the belief that the tribal people are the children
of God and consequently they must share the resources and their products equally.
Xaxa (2012) has discussed the status of development of tribal communities in India.
After Independence, India followed a path which was neither isolationist nor
assimilationist but aimed at both integrating tribes into the Indian society and at the
same time protecting and safeguarding their distinct social and cultural identity. The
Constitution of India enshrines such provisions and in connection with this, State
Governments have enacted policies and programmes in the name of affirmative actions.
However, over the last six decades, those affirmative actions have not led to any
tangible improvement in the quality of life of the majority of tribal population. In 1993-
94 the proportion of the tribal population falling below the poverty line was 51.14 per
cent as compared with 35.97 per cent for the country as a whole. By 2004-05, the level
of below poverty line among Scheduled Tribes declined to 46.5 per cent as compared
with 27.6 per cent for the total population. Although there has been a decline, the level
of poverty in the tribal population is still much higher than the national average, and
the gap between the two continues to be one of the major issues of concern in poverty
discourse.
2.3. Educational Status of Tribal Communities
Pradhan (2004) cites the Paulo Freire’s view on the importance of education to the
minority and weaker sections. Freire viewed that education was contemplated as one of
the important instrument to bring about social change among the minority communities.
It is an instrument to build free and equal democratic society. Further, education
becomes more important for minority and weaker sections as a key to their livelihood,
survival and development.
Sarkar, Mishra, Dayal & Nathan (2006) estimates the Secondary School drop-out
ratio of Scheduled Tribes in comparison with all India population taking up the 1991 to
2001 period. In literacy, the gap between STs and others has reduced from 1991 to
2001 i.e. 28.09 to 21.71 per cent. Moreover, an improvement is witnessed in the
decrease of dropout ratio in all categories of school education (84.2 to 80.3 per cent).
However, the gap between STs and others in secondary school education have gone up
from 14.2 to 17.7 per cent. Comparing the status of Scheduled Tribes in under-five
62
mortality and infant mortality an imporatnt health indicators, the authors illustrated that
the Scheduled Tribes and all-India difference is greater for under-five mortality.
Babu (2012) made an attempt to bring out general economic conditions, literacy level
and health issues of Yandai Tribe - a Dispersed Tribal Group (DTG) inhibiting in
Prakasam, Nellore and Chittoor districts of Andhra Pradesh, India. The author
comments that despite number of initiatives for improving the living conditions of the
tribes, the progress is below par. The forests are depleted at a faster rate, though the
Government records do not reflect the reality at ground level. These forests are in no
way the sustaining food requirements of forest dwellers through their traditional means
of hunting and gathering. Mostly they are dependent on agriculture either as cultivators
or agriculture labourers. They are malnourished, poor, and largely illiterate and rank
abysmally low in all sorts of health indicators despite their wealth of traditional
knowledge of keeping themselves healthy. Their literacy levels are inadequate to
compete with the general population and at the same time they decline to do any work
in their native places.
Haseena (2014) has conducted a study on prevalence of dropout among Scheduled
Tribes in Attapady, Kerala, India. The study reveals the reasons for dropouts as follow:
all the 60 respondents reported that they did not have interest in their study.There is a
prevalence of economic problems in the family (91.7 per cent), getting involved in
family chores (85 per cent), lack of awareness of parents about the importance
education (53.3 per cent) and early marriage (31.7 per cent) are some of the other
reasons for their educational drop out.
Suresh (2014) reiterated that literacy level of the Scheduled Tribes is one of the key
indicators of socio-economic development and the relative employment opportunities
to them have largely depended on the level of education. The quality housing,
distribution of free house site pattas, construction of houses for poor Scheduled Tribes
and provision of infrastructure facilities to the Scheduled Tribes’ habitations should be
the priorities of every plans and the provisions of drinking water and electricity facilities
be implemented for the welfare of the Scheduled Tribes. Moreover, mobile dispensaries
and medical camps need to be conducted since the tribal habitations are located in the
isolated areas and in the forest areas.
63
Kumar (2015) reports that the children belonging to Haran Shikari which is a
denotified tribal community in Mandya District of Karnataka, India, are forced to
discontinue their education as they are not getting caste certificates from the district
administration. This case was discolsed and reflected through the denial of education
to a child studying 10th standard and asked to leave the school as the child failed to
submit the caste certificate. This denial of issuing such Government document, thereby
admission in educational institutions has shattered the child’s dreams of becoming a
outfit designer for cinema actress. This incident has forced to drop-out of school and
stumbling block to future development.
Subsequently, the author reveals the living condition of Haran Shikari Tribal
Community in Mandya Distrcit of Karnataka, India. There are 350 odd Haran Shikari
Tribal families near Krishnaraja Sagar and all are living in huts and tents for the last 50
years. Owing to multiple deprivations ranging from non-issuance of community
certificate, unemployment thereby, housing benefits and welfare schemes their living
condition has been misarable amidst the good development in the overall distrct.
Moreover the district administration has been turning down their applications seeking
Scheduled Tribes Certificate. This prevailing scenario questions the upliftment of the
entire tribal community.
2.4. Employment Status of Tribal Communities
Shukla (2004) has discussed about the caste, economic discrimination and deprivation
with reference to the Indian tribes. The author discloses some empirical studies based
on the phenomenon of economic discrimination in the urban job market stating that
there is indeed discrimination by caste particularly in job discrimination and the
untouchables particularly Scheduled Tribes are disproportionately represented in
poorly-paid dead-end jobs. About three-fourth of scheduled tribes live in both rural and
forest areas where the main sources of income are either cultivation of agricultural land,
wage labour or some kind of non-farm self-employment. However, the present situation
is totally reversed. The inadequate access to agricultural land capital for self-
employment activities leaves no option to the Scheduled Tribes workers to resort to
manual wage labour. Consequently it leads to enormously high level of manual wage
labour among the tribal community. Scheduled Tribes living both in rural and urban
areas depend upon wage employment and their earnings are determined by the level of
64
employment. The unemployment rate of ST is much higher than that of the other
sections and they suffer from high under-employment as compared to the other sections
of the Indian society, which indicates the possible existence of discrimination against
ST workers in labour hiring. With the higher incidence of wage labour associated with
high rate of unemployment, the tribes suffer from low income and low consumption
and as a result there is a higher level of poverty among ST.
Srivastava (2004) in his note on Tribal Situation in India says, since 1971, tribal
societies are on the road to modernity and development. In certain parts of India, tribal
communities’ members are ‘global actors’, which depicts their condition not an inch
inferior to their non-tribal counterparts. A couple of decades ago, they were taking up
the jobs of physical training instructors, pharmacists, school teachers and fourth-class
employees in Government and non-governmental departments. In modern India, they
are now bureaucrates, politicians, professionals, university professors and are often said
to score over others.
2.5. Health and Sanitation of Tribal Communities
Das, Hall, Kapoor & Nikitin (2011) opine that India has succeeded in the reduction
of poverty rate from 45.6 per cent in 1983 to 27.5 per cent in the year 2005. However
it should be acknowledged that the national growth has not reached equitably and many
social groups, Scheduled Tribes in particular, left behind in the aspect of improving the
living conditions. Though they comprise about 8 per cent of the total population, they
account for a fourth of the population living in the poorest wealth decile. Their poverty
rates are closer to where the general population was 20 years ago. Even in development
indicator i.e. education, the Scheduled Tribe children lag far behind when it comes to
educational attainment above the primary level. In addition, under-five mortality rates
among tribal children in rural areas remain startlingly high (at about 100 deaths per
1,000 live births in 2005 compared with 82 among all children). The explantion which
is putforth for this is that the Scheduled Tribe children are less likely to receive qualified
medical assistance as they grow up. In this regard, poverty undoubtedly could play a
role in the decision to get treated.
Das, Kapoor & Nikitin (2012) have discussed the child mortality among tribal
communities using three rounds data on National Family Health Survey 1992, 1998,
2005 respectively. According to Das et al., India’s child health indicators have shown
65
considerable improvement between 1992 and 2005. Infant mortality has declined from
78 to 57 deaths per 1000 live births and under-5 mortality has declined from 109 to 74
deaths per 1000 live births. However, under-5 mortality levels among tribal children
remain high at 96 deaths per 1000 live births. Scheduled tribes make up almost 8 to 9
per cent of the total population but accounts for about 14 per cent of all under-5 deaths
and 23 per cent of deaths in the 1 to 4 age group in rural areas (Other Social Groups:
SC-28.1; OBC-35.5 and General-13.4 per cent).
2.6. Living Condition of Tribal Communities
Nayak & Prasad (1984) examined the levels of living of the Scheduled Castes /
Scheduled Tribes and Non-SC/ST in Karnataka. by analysing the ungrouped NSS data
of 28th (1973-74) and 32nd rounds (1977-78). Inequality in the levels of living of those
combined social groups, the disparities in the levels of education and the occupational
structure of the households are also examined. In the analysis, the authors have taken
education and occupation as the determinants of levels of living.
The level of education of the ‘head of the household’ was considered as a proxy for the
level of education of the entire household. From the study, it has been found out that in
the rural, 84.90 per cent of the SC/ST households have illiterate heads, while only 59.01
per cent of the heads among the non-SC/SThouseholds are illiterate. In the urban, only
25.17 per cent of the non-SC/ST households have illiterate heads, 48.31 per cent of the
of the SC/ST households are headed by illiterates. It was revealed that the level of
literacy is much higher but the disparity between SC/ST and the non-SC/ST is even
greater.
It is found out that the low level of living of SC/ST households is because they follow
traditional and low-paying occupations. In rural, 64.41 per cent of the SC/ST
households are agricultural labourers compared to 29.62 per cent of non-SC/ST. The
non-SC/ST are mainly cultivators i.e. 55.86 per cent and only 28.97 per cent of the
SC/ST households are cultivators. In this case, it is concluded that agricultural
labourers, owing to lack of asset, could earn only by selling their labour and hence will
generally have a lower level of living than the farmers and cultivators who own
productive assets like land.
66
Basu (2000) says that about half of the tribal population of the states of Andhra Pradesh,
Madhya Pradesh, Bihar and Orissa in India, enter their dwelling units by bending or
crawling only. In Gujarat, Rajasthan and Maharashtra about a quarter of the population
has such dwelling units. Most of these houses lack adequate ventilation or natural
lighting. A sizable population of the tribes share the living rooms with cattle, Bihar (40
per cent), Madhya Pradesh (36 per cent) and Rajasthan (44 per cent) and in Andhra
Pradesh, it is very low (7 per cent).
Sparkes & Glennerster (2002) said that there is an association between housing
condition and educational attainment. The poor housing particularly overcrowding,
access to basic amenities and temporary accommodation are also associated with lower
educational attainment.
Singh (2005) in his article “The Neglected Tribes of Jharkhand” explains the socio-
economic and living conditions of neglected tribes who are living in Jharkhand for the
ages. The tribal communities are classified into four categories. 1) Settled
Agriculturists, 2) Simple Artisans 3) Primitive Tribal Groups and 4) Neglected Tribes.
The Settled Agriculturists viz. Bhumij, Gond, Ho, Kharia, Kharwar, Munda, Oraon and
Santhal, are the most populous and dominant tribes constituting nearly 87 per cent of
the total population. They hold economic and political power. They influence over other
minor tribal groups since they are numerically preponderant, politically authoritative,
bigger land holding and economically stronger. Their literacy rate is 91 per cent of the
total tribal literates in the state.
The Simple Artisan tribes viz. Chik Baraik, Karmali, Lohra and Mahli are scattered
throughout Jharkhand and live in villages dominated by one or more of the Settled
Agriculturists. They are the “Service Tribes” of the state and their social and economic
position is akin to the Other Backward Class of the Non-Tribal areas of Jharkhand.
Primitive Tribal Groups viz. Asur, Binjhia, Birhor, Birjia, Korwa, Mal Paharia,
Parhaiya, Sauria Paharia and Savar are the administratively most cared as far as tribes
are concerned. They comprise of hunter-gatherer and shifting cultivator groups. They
constitute 3.42 percent of total tribal population in the state and are the objects of the
study by the academicians; targets of development programmes by the development
and policy planners; and people of special treatment by the administrators.
67
The Neglected Tribes, viz. Asur, Baiga, Banjara, Bathudi, Bedia, Chero, Gorait, Khond,
Kisan and Kora, are numerically insignificant, economically weak, politically
ineffective and educationally backward. They account 3.45 percent of the total tribal
population and their share of literacy is only 2.39 percent of the total tribal literates
which is marginally higher than the Primitive Tribal Groups. They have neither
sufficient land nor assured means of livelihood. These tribes depend upon their more
affluent brethren in the settled tribal groups for jobs in the field of the latter as agri-
labourers and wage earners. The academicians, administrators and development
scheme planners have neglected these tribes. Though there is a little difference between
PTG and the neglected tribal groups, the latter have no special programmes of
development, welfare projects which have resulted in poor living conditions and
economic insecurity.
Kamble (2008) has taken housing condition as one of the variables for assessing the
upliftment of Scheduled Tribes in Thane District, Maharashtra, India. In this study,
indicators such as style, shape, size, and material used for constructing the house
constitute the housing condition and the results show that most of the houses are one-
room houses or huts, nearly half of the tribal families live in one room hut, one-fourth
of the tribal families live in two room huts. The medium sized huts belong to the rich
tribals and only one or two houses in the study villages have four or more rooms
respectively.
Bhagat (2013) has discussed the living conditions of Scheduled Castes / Scheduled
Tribes households and their unequal improvements by obtaining data from 2011 census.
His analysis has tried to measure the living conditions and ownership of assets among
the general population and also among the SCs and STs taking a few indicators. For
living conditions, indicators such as concrete roof, tap water facility, electricity as
source of lighting, latrine facility, connection with drainage system and use of LPG for
cooking are used and for measuring ownership of assets, indicators like television,
telephone, mobile phone, computer, laptop, scooter, motorcycle, moped, car, jeep, van,
households with no specified assets and availing banking services are used. The result
shows that STs have been at the lower end in all indicators of living conditions and
household assets. Only one-tenth (10.1 per cent) of ST households have houses with
concrete roofs. One-fourth (24.4 per cent) have tap water and half of them (51.7 per
68
cent) have electricity facility in their households. The percentage of households using
LPG was just 9 per cent among STs. Owing to the lack of clean fuel like LPG, STs are
heavily dependent on woods, crop residue and cow dung as cooking fuels in both rural
and urban areas. In addition, there has been a huge expansion of banking facilities
among ST households. The access to banking services is found to have more than
doubled – an increase from 19 per cent in 2001 to 45 per cent in 2011. The expansion
of mobile phone usage is another significant indicator of development which has
benefitted the ST communities. About 31 per cent households reported to have mobile
phones.
Sinu (2013) studied the living conditions of Irula tribe living in Gingee Taluk of
Villupuram District, Tamil Nadu, India, by taking up variables such as housing
conditions, family, occupation, economic conditions. The study found that 84 per cent
of the households were erected by mud and thatched, all the households use firewood
as their fuel for preparing food, 54 per cent involved in agricultural and building
construction work and their mean wage per month is Rs.1800 only. None of the Irula
people had banking facilities, mobile phone and television, two wheelers and four-
wheelers but more than 40 percent the households had radio.
Ngirsokam (2015) has studied the living conditions of the Koireng Tribe in Senapati
District of Manipur, India. Taking up variables such as housing conditions, family,
occupational, economic conditions, community and social life and its problems. The
study found low income among the tribes i.e. 56.8 per cent were below Rs.5000; 31.2
per cent were Rs.5000 – Rs.10000 and only 22 percent were above Rs.10000, and 78.8
per cent were unsatisfied with their occupation. Poor housing conditions were also
noted i.e. 87.9 per cent houses were sheet or thatched with mud houses. 91.7 percent
have indebtedness from Rs.1000 to Rs.5000 which proved that the living conditions of
Koireng tribal community are poor.
Marx (2016) has reported that caste hindus and dalits together have attacked Irula tribal
community people living in Palapattu village near Tindivanam, Tamil Nadu, India for
renovating their thatched houses. This incident reveals the pathetic living of condition
of Irular tribal community. There are nine families, comprising 27 members, living in
poramboke land and housed with thatched huts without basic amenties like electricity
connection and drinking water supply. Cramped for space and having dilapidated huts,
69
these people have started to renovate the huts but such abuses and attacks have taken
place. While this incident came to the knowledge of Tindivanam Tahsildar, in his
statement, he has ensured that this tribal community has been living here for more than
three decades in poramboke land without basic amenties including ration cards, voter
identity card, drinking water supply and Government patta for house construction.
2.7. Deprivation and Social Exlcusion of Tribal Communities
Joshi (1998) says the tribals were also integrated and administerd during the Muslim
rulers’ invasion in the tribal regions of India and their backwardness was result of
subjugation. The formation of states in the tribal regions subjugated tribals to the
authority of the kingdom. When the word ‘tribe’ was coined to mention the forest
dwellers, they were neither isolated nor politically empowered. They were already
integrated within the administration of British India or within the Indian states where
the British had watchful eyes. Thus, the backwardness of Indian tribes is because of the
subjugation and not because of isolation and autonomy.
United Nations (2009) in its report on state of indigenous peoples has reported that
Indigenous peoples suffer from the consequences of historic injustice, including
colonization, dispossession of their lands, territories and resources, oppression and
discrimination as well as lack of control over their own ways of life. Their right to
development has been largely denied by colonial and modern states in the pursuit of
economic growth.
Raj & Lal (2010) have portrayed the strength of the tribal population in the Indian
country and their nomenclature used in the Indian literatures. According to the authors,
the tribal people constitute above 8.6 per cent of the total population as per the 2001
census and they are known as the oldest ethnic group because of their distinct socio-
cultural patterns. Prior to the Indian Constitution, the tribes were variously termed as
Aboriginals, Adivasis, Forest Tribes, Hill Tribes and Primitive Tribes. They live in the
different climatic zones and their livelihood systems, traditions and customs vary from
one tribe to another, though they live in close harmony with nature and ecology. The
authors further stated the present conditions of the tribes citing various factors such as
in the post-independent India the condition of the tribes have worsened. They are
predominantly rural living population. A large segment of them lives below the poverty
line and suffers from a high infant mortality rate, severe malnutrition, various
70
communicable diseases, lower literacy rates and an extremely slow pace of
development. Under development coupled with lack of access to proper administration
and judicial machinery in tribal areas further increases their deprivation. They suffer
from geographical and cultural exclusion, voicelessness and choicelessness. The
distinctness of the tribal situation necessitated a separate policy and administration
frame to administer development in their areas. Though the welfare and development
of tribal people have been given a very high priority from the beginning of the first five
year plan, they remain as the most backward ethnic group in our country.
Ansari (2012) describes the marginalisation of tribals in India. The tribal society,
compared to other sections of the society in India, has the lowest human development
index. Their literacy rate as per 2001 census is 47.1 per cent which is below the national
average literacy rate of 64.84 per cent. Their children suffer from high drop out rates
and low female literacy. The infant mortality rate and malnutrition as compared to other
population groups are high in their region. They suffer from geographical and social
exclusion, high poverty rate and lack of access to appropirate administrative and
judicial mechanisms. Low infrastructural endowments and growing gap in
infrastructure creation in tribal areas have further diminished the prospects for progress.
While looking at the employment status of the tribal communities, over 80 per cent of
them work in the primary sector with 45 per cent of them are cultivators and 37 per cent
being agriculural labours respectively. Therefore it is assumed that land represents the
most important source of livelihood and social stability in their communities.
Erigala (2012) Tribal populations are more vulnerable and exposed to problems of
social exclusion due to various factors of which education is one among them. Owing
to lack of education, tribal communities are exploited and excluded from the
mainstream society, hence human resources of the tribal population gets minimized.
The Scheduled Tribes are facing many barriers in attaining education, literacy
compared to rest of the Indian society due to several exclusionary processes. The
exclusionary processes include social, economic, political, and cultural which has made
it difficult for these groups to access education. These exclusionary processes also
comprise, isolation, health, education, hierarchy, displacement, migration, PDS and
marketing.
71
Sabar (2012) depicts the condition and exclusion of one identical tribal community in
two adjacent or adjoining States in terms of identity recognition and Scheduled Tribe
status. Kamar is a tribal community found both in Chhattisgarh and Odhisa State, India.
In the Chhattisgarh State, this tribal community has been included in Scheduled Tribe
category whereas in Odhisa, it was not the case. The Kamar tribal community of Odhisa
closely resemble the Kamar of Chhattisgarh in terms of culture, livelihood, occupation,
dialect, religious customs of marriage, kinship, clan, social structure, composition and
organisation, and religious beliefs, myths, legends, even the deities they worship. The
only difference being the enjoyment of constitutional status by the latter.
The difference between the two Kamars is observed only with regard to access to
government programmes and development schemes, enjoyed only by the Kamar of
Chhattisgarh. This access has strengthened their economy to some extent, as opposed
to the Kamar of Nuapada District, Odhisa State continue to live on the threshold of
miserable economic conditions and vulnerability. Their marginalisation is revealed
economically in terms of lack of access to production resources (agricultural land) and
livelihood resources (bamboo for basketry), culturally in terms of lack of access to
education, and politically by the lack of political representation. They also admit that
their backwardness and marginalisation is largely a function of their lack of access to
resources and the pro-poor provision services among others, which they hope to access
if they would be granted Scheduled Tribe status as their counterpart in Chhattisgarh.
The exclusion of the Kamar from the tribal list has affected them in various ways. Due
to their nomadic nature, the government development schemes hardly reach them. The
historical neglect of the Kamar of Nuapada District, Odhisa is evident from the absence
of schools, health centres and Integrated Child Development Services Centres in the
villages inhabited by the Kamar people. Due to their geographical location, it is difficult
for the government to provide them with the required basic facilities like food, health
and education. Some schemes are reported to have never reached the Kamar of Odhisa.
Such situations make the Kamar live more vulnerable. Some households are said not to
possess any ration card.
Their population is not known. However, a survey by a local non-governmental
oganisation (Lokdrusti) estimates that they live in 79 villages of the district, comprise
1,238 households with a total population of 4,284 (2,149 males and 2,135 females) and
72
constitute 0.8 per cent and 2.3 per cent of the total population and total scheduled tribe
population of the district respectively. Speaking Paharia language (mixture of Halbi and
Chhattisgarhi), their literacy rate 5.37 per cent.
Thakur (2012) says tribal people are more likely to have lower income, poorer physical
living conditions, less access to health care, education and range of other welfare
services, worse access to labour, land and capital markets and poor returns to work as
well as weaker political representation. The poverty and social exclusion experienced
by tribal people are largely due to discrimination at social and institutional level during
Colonial and post Independent era.
Sahoo (2013) described the role of 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment Acts in
helping the backward classes in becoming active, awakened and developed. The author
figures out that tribal population, as a backward class, is about 8 per cent of the total
population in India and they are staying in remote areas for more than thousand years
which concomitantly created huge gap between their values and the mainstream value.
Over the course of time, different models of assimilation with mainstream were made
to bring their development on par with other communities. He pinpoints the causes for
the poor development i.e. lack of political will, bureaucratic apathy, and public
indifference choked their development process. Tribal people’s opinion can be sought
by the Government and non-government agencies for taking positive steps for tribal
development. Such initiatives need comprehensive efforts both from the political,
bureaucracy, specialists and non-political agencies.
Xaxa (2014) in his book “State, Society and Tribe - Issues in Post-Colonial India”,
focuses on the issue pertaining to underdevelopment, backwardness, social exclusion
of tribes in the contemporary India. The author observes that despite of constitutional
provision, policy and programme adapted by Government for tribal welfare, condition
of tribal continues to be deplorable. Land as well as life support system of tribes are
gradually passing to non-tribes through fraudulent transfer, forcible eviction, mortgage,
lease and encroachment. Displacement is another reason for loss of ownership of land.
Instead of inclusive policy adapted by Government, tribes are gradually becoming
landless, impoverished, alienated and illiterate as they suffer from numerous health
problems due to poor economic condition.
73
Nurullah & Shankar (2016) in their article on “On the Fringes Forever” has stated
that most of the Scheduled Tribes do not possess land patta which leave them at the
mercy of landlords and village heads for their survival. To elucidate in particular, there
are 20 Irula Tribal families living in Chegalpattu District, Tamil Nadu, India. Their
homes have been destroyed by the Vardah Cyclone in the year 2016. To estimate the
damge and to seek cyclone relief, they have petioned repeatedly the concerned district
officials, but nobody bothered them. One of the residents vehemently expressed his
frustration that we had been deprived of land patta to construct a permenant and
comfortable house. Despite repeated petitions, the District Collector did not care about
us, so petitioning the Collector was as good as pleading to a donkey. In turn, officals
stated that tribes were reluctant to live among the mainstream population and the
officers are in mission to improve the quality of their lives and to issue community
certificates to avail Government welfare programmes.
2.8. Welfare Measures and Tribal Development
Sisodia (2004) talks about tribal community’s development through acquiring political
power in the form of participation in grassroot level institutions. During pre-British
period, tribal communities in India remained fully or partially isolated from the others
in the country, and consequently they remained backward and suffered from poverty,
malnutrition, diseases, exploitation and exclusion in various aspects. Even during the
Colonial period, Britishers did not pay much attention to the development of tribal
communities but focussed mainly at regulatory functions i.e. law and order and
collection of revenues. After independence, Indian Government was very keen for the
upliftment of tribal communities since they are required to take part in the endevour of
nation building along with the mainstream society. So the Government’s deep concern
manifested in the launching of several policy initiatives and creation of a wide network
of development administration to bring about a radical change in the socio-economic
scenario of these tribal communities.
Sau (2006) disclosed and introduced the term ‘Non-Scheduled Tribes’ who are not
recognised by the Government and included in the census enumeration. The author says
as per 2001 Census in India, the size of the Scheduled Tribes population were at 8.2 per
cent of the total population. However, the author affirmly says, there are tribes who are
not listed in the Government’s offical schedule. Those Non-Scheduled Tribes are not
74
entitled to the benefits of official affirmative actions for tribal welfare. The author
further quotes that apart from the 8.2 per cent of recognised Scheduled Tribes
population, the Non-Scheduled Tribes constitute another 8.2 per cent, thus putting the
estimate of total tribal population at 16.4 per cent. The author concluded that the group
of Non-Scheduled Tribes is as large as that of the Scheduled Tribes. However, not
havng been recognised by the Government, they are deprived of the facilities offered
by offical tribal development measures such as reservation of seats in educational
institutions and in Government services. This unjust discrimination would be a source
of a twofold tension, the one among tribal communities and the other between the tribes
and the Government.
Biswas (2009) opines that advanced communities have the privilege of enjoying a high
living standard through their easy access to sophisticated technology, health facilities,
educational infrastructure, communication facilities and other modern amenities.
According to 2001 census, Scheduled Tribes account 8.2 per cent of the total population
of whom most of them are educationally and economically underprivileged in
comparision with the general population and hence remain very poor and under-
developed. Even today, economy of the Scheduled Tribes population is forest based
and thus, the very survival of these forest-dependnet people is in peril as they do not
have the means to acquire new skills or improve their existing skills. Unfortunately, the
speed of the environmental and socio-economic changes make it difficult for them to
keep up with the demands of the present times, and hence their crisis continues
unabated.
Xaxa (2012) points out the inadequacy of Tribal Sub-Plan outlay to the total tribal
population. The Scheduled Tribes have been enumerated at 7.5 per cent of the total
population but the plan allocations for their development have invariably fallen far short
of their population size. Till Fourth Five Year Plan, the plan allocation was less than 1
per cent of the total plan outlay i.e. 1.04 per cent in the First Five Year Plan; 0.96 in the
Second; 0.75 in the Third and 0.5 in the Fourth Five Plan respectively. However, after
the inception of Tribal Sub-Plan in the Fifth Five Year Plan, unprecedented increase
was witnessed in plan allocation for tribal development i.e. from 3 per cent in Fifth
Plan; 3.7 per cent in Sixth Plan; 3.8 per cent in Seventh Plan to 5.2 per cent in Eighth
75
Plan. Nevertheless, the tribal sub-plan strategy has not been able to bring about any
perceptible improvement in the situation of tribes and the tribal areas.
Labour and Employment (2016) reports that Fifth Annual Report on Employment
and Unemployment Survey reports that only 313 Scheduled Tribes households per 1000
have benefitted from Mahatma Gandhi National Employment Guarantee Scheme all
over India, in which, particularly in south India, 390 Scheduled Tribes households from
Andhra Pradesh, 182 households from Karnataka, 573 households from Kerala, 519
households from Tamil Nadu and 157 households from Telangana State only have
benefitted. As Puducherry Union Territory does not have ST population, no tribal
households are surveyed from Puducherry.
2.9. Reviews Related to Social Exclusion
Commission of the European Communities (1993) stated that social exclusion does
not only mean insufficient income but also goes beyond participation in working life.
Social Exclusion is manifest in the fields such as housing, education, health and access
to services. It affects not only individuals who suffered serious setbacks but also the
social groups, particularly in urban and rural areas, who are subjected to discrimination,
segregation or the weakening of the traditional forms of social relations.
Berghman (1995) has re-interpreted the idea of social exclusion, as resulting from
individuals' inability to participate in any of four areas of life namely the democratic
and legal system, the labour market, the welfare system, and the family and community
system. Non participation in these different realms of life causes individuals to lack
essential material, social and political resources.
Littlewood and Mundro (1997) show that the relationship between income and
housing quality is not exact, but that there is relatively a stronger association between
poorer housing and incomes
Sparkes & Glennerster (2002) remarked that there is a link between qualifications,
labour- market participation and earnings. There is a strong evidence that a lack of
qualifications is associated with an increased risk of unemployment. Therefore
individuals increasingly require some form of educational and specialised
qualifications to access the modern labour market for their livelihood.
76
While material resources are often assumed to contribute to access to goods which help
to improve and maintain health, the effect of relative lack of material resources can
contribute to psychosocial pathways in health. There is the notion that relative lack of
material resources have psychological effects, such as sense of shame, economic
worries, and anxiety about being unable to afford the customary living standards of
everyday life, that trigger stress and consequent pathways to poor health.
Bayram, Aytac & Bilgel (2011) in their study on Measuring Social Exclusion - A study
from Turkey have measured the feelings of social exclusion by using the Social
Exclusion scale developed by Jehoel-Gijsbers & Vrooman (2007). Bayram et al., have
found that gender, working status, social security, household size had no significant
statistical relationship with a feeling of social exclusion. On the other hand, age, marital
status, education, economic level and residency in the city were found to be related to
the feeling of being socially excluded. Married people felt themselves to be less socially
excluded than those who were divorced or widowed. Illiterate people felt themselves
4.4 times more socially excluded, people with primary education 1.5 times and people
with high education 1.3 times more socially excluded than those with university
degrees. People in the poor economic level felt themselves 10.6 times more, and people
in the medium economic level 2.9 times more socially excluded than those at a high
economic level. People who do not have own house felt themselves 1.6 times more
socially excluded than those who own a house.
Das & Mehta (2012) described the poverty and social exclusion of tribal communities
in India. In their report, they discuss the means of livelihood of the tribal communities.
Land and forests are the pillars or backbone of tribal livelihoods but the relationship of
tribals to land is not restricted merely to subsistence cultivation. It extends to their
dependence on natural resources for livelihoods and for food security. Over time, the
average landholding has declined more rapidly among tribal communities than among
other groups. This reflects the alienation of tribes from their traditional lands largely
through displacement by infrastructure projects and private fraudulent private
transactions.
Nathan & Xaxa (2012) pointed out that exclusion are of two forms, one is exclusion
from access to or denial of rights to various essential services such as to health and
77
sanitation, education, housing and water and the other form of exclusion is that of
deprivation of the right to express one’s views, of representation and voice.
2.10. Conclusion
From the above volumes of literatures, it is understood that many authors have
discussed about the Scheduled Tribes and their present condition in association with
the impact of wlefare programmes and policies. All the authors portray that Scheduled
Tribes are still not on par with the development achieved by the mainstream society.
Even though they are provisioned with multiple welfare programmes, policies and
reservation, still they show very poor progress in the development sphere. In this
deplorable condition, what would be the condition of identical tribes who have not
beenaccorded Scheduled Tribes status?
2.11. Research Gap
There are plenty of literatures available that discuss, discribe and reflects the
development of Scheduled Tribes in association with the implemented welfare
programmes, provisions enshrined in the Constitution, policies and acts enacted in the
parliament. Moreover, the development of Scheduled Tribes is studied in relation to the
impact of welfare programmes implemented by the government. But there is a paucity
of literatures that have not even touched upon the living condition of Scheduled Tribes,
in detail, in India.
Despite these efforts, it is reported in many literatures that Scheduled Tribes lag behind
in all the spheres of development. While such situation prevails pan-India, what would
be condition of tribal communities who were not, at all, recognised as tribe but identical
with the counterparts of States of South India, and not been included in Scheduled
Tribes category?. They are nowhere living in the country but in Puducherry Union
Territory. Moreover, the present study deals, in detail, with the housing condition of
Tribal Communities which has not, at all been, studied by any researcher or
academicians.
Therefore the present study proposes to fill these gaps by researching the living
condition and social exclusion of identical tribal communities who are living in
Puducherry Union Territory.
78
CHAPTER – 3
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
3.1. Introduction
This chapter describes the various steps used to carry out this research work which
includes research design, sampling technique, tools of data collection, methods of
analysing data, limitation of the study and. field of study. Research methodology in
Social Work Research makes the scientific enquiry process vivid and systematic in
nature. The present chapter is a detailed portrayal of the methodology adopted by the
researcher for the purpose of the study.
3.2. Title of the Study
Living Condition and Social Exclusion of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in
Puducherry District, Puducherry Union Territory.
3.3. Significance of the Study
As far India is concerned, there are a number of studies available and many attempts
are made to examine the socio-economic conditions of the Scheduled Tribes who are
recognized by the Indian Government. Of these, most of the studies mostly
concentrated on the life styles, behavioural pattern, literacy level, health, education and
their economy. Furthermore, the tribal people’s living conditions are taken up for the
study by comparing with the implemented Government welfare programmes and their
effects on the life-styles of those people. These studies are all focusing the recognized
tribal population, administratively recognised by the Government as the “Scheduled
Tribes”.
However, the eminent sociologists, anthropologists, historians and the professional
social workers altogether have forgotten the conditions of the unrecognized tribal
population who are not acknowledged as scheduled by the Government and their long
years of struggle and the deplorable plight in the Indian society. Very less number of
studies are available on their trials for tribal identity and their struggle for livelihoods.
This is because they have not been included in the Census enumerations as recognized
tribal communities since the census enumeration held in independent India. Therefore
they are bound to be excluded from availing the constitutional privileges, welfare
79
schemes and which force them to the periphery of existence. So the present empirical
study aims at studying the level of exclusion, literacy level and an attempt to create a
database at micro level in Puducherry Union Territory.
3.4. Statement of the Problem
The Scheduled Tribes have been accorded 7.5 per cent reservation both in education
and employment and Government has initiated plenty of welfare programmes for their
development. In addition, since Fifth Five Year Plan (1974-79), a quantum of funds
have been allotted under the Tribal Sub Plan Scheme (Rs.1,20,000 lakhs for 2013-2014)
for their amelioration of socio-economic condition. Altogether significant efforts have
been put forth to ensure the quality of life of the Scheduled Tribes. Even six decades of
independence, 34.7 per cent of the Scheduled Tribes are below the poverty line (Rural
– 45.3 per cent and Urban – 24.1 per cent); only 59 per cent are literates, nearly one-
third (32.9 per cent) are in salaried employment, nearly three-fourth (74.6 per cent)
practice open defecation and 77.3 per cent of the Scheduled Tribes households do not
have latrine facility (Tribal Affairs, 2017). Despite of the manifold welfare measures,
they could not witness rapid progress.
It is to note that the constitutional recognition and safeguards, reservation, welfare
measures and fund allocation could not bring about any remarkable changes in the lives
of Scheduled Tribes. In this situation, what would be the condition of identical tribes
living in Puducherry Union Territory who were not even recognised and given such
provisions including reservation in par with their tribal counterparts in other parts of
the South India?
In such grave situation, the identical tribal communities who have been deprived of
such recognition and reservation, and welfare measures need to be studied
meticulously. Therefore, it is a matter of great concern that studying about the living
condition of the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities and assessing various aspects of
social exclusion will disencumber the ways for development through devising
appropriate policies and programmes by the respective Governments. With this
background, the study is conducted with the following aim and objectives.
80
3.5. Research Questions
Such situation is an example in the case of the five tribal communities such as Irular,
Kattunayakkan, Kurumans, Malaikuravan and Yerukkula who have been recognised by
the Puducherry Government on 12.04.2010. It is worthwhile to note that they have been
categorized as ‘Backward Tribes’ in the social groups of Puducherry and included in
‘Other Backward Classes’ category. Whereas in other States of South India such as
Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu, the identical communities are
recognised as Scheduled Tribes and enjoying Constitutional provisions and protections,
affirmative actions, welfare programmes and policies for their development. This
dissimilar recognition (i.e. OBC in one State and ST in other States however living
within the same geographical locations) will bring differential progress among the same
tribal communities. With this backdrop, the following research questions have been put
forth by the researcher for studying about the living condition and social exclusion of
the tribal communities living in Puducherry
a) Since the recognition of tribal communities by the Puducherry Government,
have they obtained all the appropriate identity documents which are necessary
to one’s identity or one’s belonging to a particular community?
b) To what extent their social and economic condition has been improved?
c) To what extent, the educational status of the tribal people has been improved
and what are the difficulties they face for accessing the education?
d) What are the welfare programmes meant for the socio-economic development,
the tribal communities have availed since their recognition as tribe in
Puducherry?
e) After the recognition, how far the tribal communities’ living condition has been
improved?
3.6. Aim of the Study
Based on the research questions, the present research aims to study the living condition
and social exclusion of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities i.e. Irular, Kattunayakkan,
Kurumans, Malaikuravan and Yerukkula who are living Puducherry District.
81
3.7. Specific Objectives
To study the living condition and social exclusion of non-scheduled tribal communities,
the following dimensions have been taken into account and subsequently the following
objectives are framed. Those objectives are
1. To study the Social and Demographic Status of Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities
2. To find out the Economic and Livelihood Condition of the Non-Scheduled
Tribal Communities
3. To examine the Health and Sanitation of the Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities
4. To assess the extent of awareness and accessibility of Government Welfare
Schemes.
5. To describe various forms of Social Exclusion experienced by Non-Scheduled
Tribal Communities.
3.8. Hypotheses
The following are the hypotheses set by the researcher
Null Hypothesis (H0): There is no association between Educational Status of the
Non-Scheduled Tribes and the Availability of Community Certificate
Null Hypothesis (H0): There is no association between Educational Status of the
respondents from Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities and possession of Technical
Skills to start their own business
Null Hypothesis (H0): There is no association between Indebtedness of the
Households of the Non-Scheduled Tribes and their Ownership of Land
Null Hypothesis (H0): There is no association between educational status of the non-
scheduled tribes and their awareness on one per cent reservation
Null Hypothesis (H0): Failure to take food three times per day and falling sick has
no association
82
3.9. Conceptual Definitions
3.9.1. Scheduled Tribes
As per the Article 342 of the Indian Constitution that lays down “President may, by
public notification, specify the tribes or tribal communities or part of or groups within
the tribes or tribal communities or parts which shall, for the purpose of this constitution,
be deemed to be scheduled tribes in relation to that State or Union Territory, as the case
may be”
3.9.2. Social Exclusion
Social Exclusion can be defined as “the process through which individuals or groups
are wholly or partially excluded from full participation in the society within which they
live” (DeHann & Maxwell, 1998)
3.10. Operational Definitions
3.10.1. Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities
The identical tribal communities having been accorded dissimilar recognition and
provisions, have been categorised under different social groups by the Puducherry
Governments even though living within the same geographical location that
administratively share with other parts of South Indian States (Raja, 2014).
3.10.2. Living Condition
Living Condition refers to possession of adequate resources i.e. wealth and material
goods to lead a decent and dignified life in a conducive environment for their survival
and development.
3.10.3. Social Exclusion
The multiple deprivations experienced by the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in
the aspects of lack of Government identity documents, housing and material
deprivation, access to Government welfare schemes and experiencing a disadvantaged
position in the society
83
3.10.4. Puducherry District
Puducherry District in this study refers to an administrative division which comprises
of five Communes i.e. Ariyankuppam, Bahour, Mannadipet, Nettapakkam and
Villianur and One Municipality i.e. Puducherry
3.10.5. Respondents
The head of the household (either male or female) belonging to the Non-Scheduled
Tribal Communities living in the Puducherry District.
3.10.6. Generational Age Classification
A generation of persons (or cohort) can relate to all the people born at a certain time,
who pass through life experiencing changes at the same time, or refer to all persons at
a particular stage of their lives at different times. The meaning of generations used here
is best conveyed by the definition referring to different groups of persons who are of
the same age at a particular time. The chronological ages of these generations are,
roughly, 15 to 29 years, 30 to 59 years, and 60 years and over, respectively (Economic
and Social Affairs, United Nations, 2001).
3.11. Research Design
In Quantitative research, the primary aim is to determine the relationship between an
independent variable and another set of dependent or outcome variables in a population.
The research design is the plan, structure and strategy of investigation conceived to
obtain answers to research questions and to control variance. Quantitative research
designs are broadly divided into two types, namely exploratory design and Conclusive
research. Conclusive research can be further classified into Descriptive research and
Causal research (Singh, 2012).
In descriptive studies, things are measured as they are, whereas in an experimental study
researchers take measurements, try some interventions and then retake measurements
to observe the impact of the intervention.
In line with the nature and scope of the study, the researcher used ‘descriptive research
design’ based on the primary and secondary sources of information. Descriptive
research, as the name suggests, enumerates the descriptive data about the population
being studied and does not try to establish a causal relationship between the events. It
84
is used to describe an event, a happening or to provide a factual and accurate description
of the population under investigation. The reason behind selecting this research design
is because it helps to describe the existing status of the issue as it subsists. The
researcher adopted this design to express or convey actual facts of the current situation
which could lead to promote vital interventions for the Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities.
Hence, this descriptive research design is suitable for this study as it tries to describe
the existence of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities and their living condition. This
study also finds the association between the socio-demographic variables with other
variables like housing, health and sanitation and government welfare schemes. In
addition, it also tries to describe the forms of social exclusion by taking up appropriate
dimensions of social exclusion with respect to the condition of Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities living in Puducherry Union Territory.
3.12. Universe of the Study
There are five Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities living in the three conclaves of
Puducherry Union Territory. According to the information received from Pondicherry
Scheduled Tribe People’s Federation located in Puducherry District which is working
for the development of tribal communities, it is estimated that in the year 2011, there
were about 4132 households consisting of all the five tribal communities of the
Puducherry, Karaikal and Mahe regions of Puducherry Union Territory which
constitute the universe of the study.
3.13. Study Population
The Government of Puducherry has consented the existence of Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities (administratively termed as Backward Tribes) only on April 12, 2010.
When the researcher approached the Director, Directorate of Census Operations,
Puducherry Region and the Director, Social Welfare Department, Puducherry
Government respectively, through the application of Right To Information (RTI) on
seeking information on their total population and number of households in each
districts, the researcher was informed that as there was no notified Scheduled Tribes by
the Government of India, in Puducherry Union Territory, the concerned Departments
do not have the information of Scheduled Tribes in any of their records.
85
Therefore, to know the Scheduled Tribe population, the researcher approached the
President, Puducherry Scheduled Tribe People’s Federation (PSTPF) and obtained the
information on the same, which was available in an unpublished book i.e. “Freedom
Struggle of Puducherry State Scheduled Tribes” (2013). Accordingly there were 4132
Non-Scheduled Tribes’ households in Puducherry, Karaikal and Yanam Districts and
approximately 2500 households were in Puducherry District alone.
3.14. Unit of the Study
The households of five tribal communities living in the Puducherry district were
selected as unit of the study. The data were collected from the heads (either female or
male) of the family members presented during the time of interview and the information
on the head of the household was considered as a proxy for calculating the information
of entire members of the households. For example, the level of education of the head
of the household was taken as the proxy for analysing the educational status for the
entire household.
3.15. Selection of Sample and Sampling Design
After the application of inclusion and exclusion criteria, the researcher has selected 367
tribal households without any stratification of tribal communities concerned. The
households belonging to the five Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities viz., Irular,
Kattunayakkan, Kurumans, Malaikuravan and Yerukkula of Puducherry District are
taken up as a whole. The information pertaining to the respondents, their family
members and the living condition were gathered from the head of the households.
3.16. Sampling Technique
Out of the estimated 2500 Non-Scheduled Tribes’ households, sample size of 334
households were derived using the formula suggested by Krejcie & Morgan (1970).
Further, ten per cent of the actual sample size was derived and included for calculating
rejection rate which came around 33 households. Altogether the total sample size came
around 367 households and the same was finalised for the study. The following formula
has been used to derive the required sample size,
Estimated Households = 2500
Confidence Level = 95 %
Response Distribution = 50 %
86
Recommended Sample Size = 334
For calculating the rejection rate,
10 % from recommended sample size = 33
Therefore, the total sample size adopted for this research is 367
The researcher adopted ‘Purposive Sampling’ method (Bryman, 2012) to select the
samples from the finalised sampling frame and all the five Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities are covered in this study. The reasons for selecting the purposive
sampling method with regard to the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities are the non-
availability of population data about the tribal communities from the Government
authentic sources such as Office of the Census Operations, Puducherry and the
concerned departments of Puducherry Government.
The purpose sampling is used in this research context as the Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities are unique as the samples are relevant to the research questions of this
study (Bryman, 2012). The respondents would give insights to their living condition
and social exclusion related to the intended study area i.e. Puducherry district and these
Non-scheduled Tribal Communities as a group is important to the study (Alston &
Bowles, 2003). Moreover the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities possess a particular
characteristics i.e. they are tribal people by their characteristics yet not recognised as
tribal people by Government of Puducherry Union Territory. Hence Non-Scheduled
Tribal Communities are chosen purposively in this research study.
3.17. Inclusion Criteria
The five Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities living in the Puducherry district have
been selected in this study.
3.18. Exclusion Criteria
Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities living in Karaikal and Yanam have not been
included in this study. These two regions did not have all the five tribal communities
and hence those two regions were excluded.
3.19. Field of the Study
For the purpose of carrying out the research, Puducherry District has been selected. The
rationale behind the selection of Puducherry as the study area was that Puducherry
87
Government Order – 2010 has accorded that Puducherry is the only district which
comprises of all the five Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities whereas other districts
(Karaikal and Yanam) have only two or three Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities
respectively (Chief Secretariate-Welfare, 2010).
The districts of Puducherry maintain a harmonious blend of agriculture and industries.
While the majority of the rural inhabitants are engaged in the traditional economic
activity of farming, the educated elites get absorbed in numerous service sectors of the
Union Territory. The Union Territory of Puducherry comprises two distinct districts of
Puducherry and Karaikal. Puducherry districts comprise the Puducherry region and two
remote Administrative units of Mahe and Yanam. All the four districts bear a strong
resemblance to the French colonial rule of the ancient times (Know Puducherry, 2012).
The Union Territory of Puducherry comprises the former French establishments of
Puducherry, Karaikal, Mahe and Yanam, which lie scattered in South India. All the
regions of Puducherry were under the French rule for 138 years. On November 1, 1954,
French possessions in India were de facto transferred to the Indian Union and became
a Union Territory. However, it was only in 1963 that Puducherry officially became an
integral part of India. The Union Territory with legislature extends over an area of 479
Sq kms. The total population of the Puducherry Union Territory is 12,47,953 of which
6,12,511 are male, and 6,35,442 female and the literacy rate is 85.85 per cent as per the
2011 Census (Know Puducherry, 2012).
Puducherry district has a total population of 9,50,289 of which 4,68,258 (49.27 per
cent) are males while 4,82,031 (50.72 per cent) are females. The total population of
children (0-6 years of age) in Puducherry district is 99,838. Children constitute 10.5 per
cent of the total population in the Puducherry district. The sex ratio of Puducherry
district is 1,029 females per 1,000 males against the Puducherry State average of 1,037.
The child sex ratio of girls is 969 per 1,000 boys.
The total literates in Puducherry district is 7,26,649 of which 3,80,946 are males and
3,45,703 are females. Average literacy rate of Puducherry district is 85.4 per cent
against the Puducherry state average of 85.8 per cent. The male and female literacy is
91.23 per cent and 79.86 per cent respectively. However, it is notified that the
Puducherry Union Territory does not have Scheduled Tribes (Census, 2011).
88
Map 3.1 – Location of Puducherry Union Territory in India Map
89
Map 3.2 – Puducherry District Map
90
3.20. Tools of Data Collection
The researcher prepared ‘self-prepared semi structured interview schedule’ to collect
the demographic profile, living condition and social exclusion of Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities and the same was used as the tool for data collection. It contained the
following dimensions to fulfil the objectives of the study,
1. General information of respondents and family members
2. Availability of Government issued Identity Documents
3. Housing condition and its assets and infrastructure
4. Health and sanitation
5. Livelihood and indebtedness status and
6. Accessibility of Government welfare programmes and schemes.
3.21. Pilot Study and Pre-Testing of Tools
The main objective of the pilot study was to know the feasibility of the study and to
find out the suitability of the questions to the objectives. Moreover it was conducted to
ensure that the heads of the households understand the questions and respond properly.
Therefore the pilot study and pre-testing of tool was conducted in the month of March,
2016, randomly with 33 households which accounts 10 percent to the actual sample
households of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities.
Based on the outcome of the pilot study, pre-testing of interview schedule went through
two phases according to the need. In the first phase, the completed tool on studying the
living condition of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities was shown to experts and field-
level activists to assess the face and content validity. In the second phase, based on the
feedback received, certain parameters and questions were removed such as the language
spoken, school particulars of the children, migration pattern of the respondents and their
fore-fathers, perception of the respondents about the welfare schemes provided by the
Government and demand of the family members, and some questions were altered to
suit the local contexts such as availability of authentic identity documents issued by the
Government. The final draft of the interview schedule was initially prepared only in
Tamil language – the vernacular language of the Puducherry district, and later the
schedule was translated to English language.
91
3.22. Method of Data Collection
The researcher used one-to-one interview as the method to collect data from the heads
(either male or female) of the tribal community’s households. Each interview took
about 45 minutes and the interviews were conducted in a conducive environment. The
interview was carried out only in the evening around 4 pm and completed by 6.30 pm.
This is because, during the day time, all the heads of the households will go for
employment and only after 3 pm, they all will be back to their home. Hence, according
to the instruction of the heads of the each villages, the data collection time was
determined. In order to complete the required sample households, data collection period
lasted about six months from July, 2016 to December, 2016.
3.23. Ethical Consideration
The researcher sought/approached Institute Ethical Committee of Pondicherry
University and applied for ethical clearance to this study. After careful scrutiny of the
proposal and interview schedule, the committee gave its consent and the researcher
obtained ethical clearance from the institution on 04.04.2017 (Ref. No:
PU/DEAN/SSS&IS/HEC/2017-18/381).
3.24. Informed Consent
In carrying out the research work, every attempt was made to address the research
ethics.
The researcher explained about the aim, the purpose of the study to the
President, Puducherry Scheduled Tribe People’s Federation and Heads of the
tribal settlements concerned and sough their consent.
The respondents i.e. Heads of the households were also informed the same and
their consent was sought in advance to participate in this study.
No respondents were forced to take part in the data collection, hence the
principle of voluntary participation was followed.
The respondents were given the right to withdraw their participation from the
study at any point of time.
Prior to data collection, the researcher made it clear to the President (PSTPF),
the Heads of tribal settlements that total confidentiality and anonymity would
be maintained with regard to the information shared by the respondents.
92
The researcher did not digitally record any conversation that took place between
the researcher and the respondents. Thus, the principle of overt research was
followed.
All necessary permissions were obtained from the President, Puducherry
Scheduled Tribe People’s Federation, Puducherry, for collecting data from all
the five tribal communities.
3.25. Statistical Tool applied for Data Analysis
Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) Version 20.0 was used to perform
statistical analysis. At the first level, the frequency distribution of the demographic and
socio-economic data was analysed using frequency tables and charts wherever
applicable. Later, non-parametric statistics were used for inferential statistical analysis.
3.26. Limitations of the Study
The present study has covered five Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities who
are living only in Puducherry District. Remaining Karaikal and Yanam
administrative divisions have not been covered in this study as they did not
comprise all the tribal communities but only two or three Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities.
Only quantitative study has been conducted and opinions about their plight in
the form of qualitative form is recorded minimally in this research.
No specific scale was used to measure the dimensions of Social Exclusion rather
described from the data collected.
3.27. Suggestions for Future Research
At the outset, this study has rolled the juggernaut in order to disclose the existence of
Scheduled Tribes in the Puducherry district to the think-tanks of academia, policy
makers, non-governmental organisations and the researchers. As there was only
minimal research studies available about the tribal communities in Puducherry, the
present research would be a source for the aspirants who wish to conduct research on
tribals in Puducherry. The data collected from the present research would be used for
analysing the level of exclusion, which the tribal communities experienced, in future
by the researcher concerned.
93
Moreover, the present condition of non-scheduled tribal communities in Puducherry is
a great platform for conducting multi-disciplinary research on various aspects such as
historical exclusion, tribal community development. Psychological issues and tribal
economies.
3.28. Chapterization
Chapterization has been done in the following aspect by the researcher throughout this
thesis. This research study contains six chapters as follow
Chapter 1: Introduction and Background Context – A discussion of the background to
the study and the importance of research and interest as a research project.
Chapter 2: Literature Review – A summary of the findings of the literature review of
the previous studies in the area of tribal studies.
Chapter 3: Research Methodology – A description and justification of the methodology
which was used in the research.
Chapter 4: Data Presentation and Analysis.
Chapter 5: Major Findings and Suggestions
Chapter 6: Conclusion
Bibliography: The researcher has followed American Psychological Associations
(APA- 6th edition) style in this study.
Annexure: Copy of the Interview Schedule used in this study both in English and Tamil
and other relevant annexures for references pertaining to the research study.
94
CHAPTER – 4
DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION
This chapter deals with the analysis and interpretation of data collected from the
households of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities from the study area. Statistical tools
have been used for the interpretation like Percentage and Chi-Square. This analysis
chapter helps the researcher to statistically study the association between the non-
availability of identity documents, illiteracy, dropouts, government welfare schemes
and health and sanitation. The demographic factors include, age, tribal community,
education, occupation both traditional and modern, income, land ownership and
information about family members. The living condition includes the dimensions of
quality of housing, its amenities and infrastructures, livelihood pattern and
indebtedness, prevalence of health and sanitation facilities available in the study area
and accessibility of government welfare programmes by the respondents and their
family members. The association between identity documents with other variables like
literacy level, welfare schemes, health and sanitation are calculated statistically with
the help of the Statistical Package for Social Sciences Research version 20.0. The
chapter is presented in the order of the objectives of the study.
4.1. Socio-Demographic Profile of the Respondents and Family Members
This sections contains the socio-demographic profile of the respondents and their
family members in the study area which includes sex, age group, belongingness to the
tribal community, place of residence i.e. administrative division, occupation and
income, educational status, marital status, Government issued authentic documents for
identity, quality of housing and available amenities and infrastructure in the house
4.1.1. Respondent’s Place of Residence, Community and Sex
The following table describes about the respondent’s belongingness of their tribal
community, their sex and place of residence. By analyzing this table, it could be
understood their existence in Puducherry region.
95
Table 4.1 - Administrative Division, Tribal Community and Sex of the Respondents
Administrative
Division
Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities Total Grand
Total Irular Kattunayakkan Kurumans Malaikuravan Yerukkula
F M F M F M F M F M F M
Villianur - - 6 (1.6) 34 (9.3) - - 37
(10.1)
10
(2.7) - -
43
(11.7)
44
(12.0) 87 (23.7)
Nettapakkam 20
(5.4)
12
(3.3) 14 (3.8) 8 (2.2) - - 15 (4.1)
10
(2.7) - -
49
(13.4)
30
(8.2) 79 (21.5)
Mannadipet 32
(8.7)
20
(5.4) 8 (2.2) 7 (1.9) - - 1 (0.3) -
5
(1.4)
2
(0.5)
46
(12.5)
29
(7.9) 75 (20.4)
Ariyankuppam 27
(7.4)
15
(4.1) - - - - 9 (2.5)
9
(2.5) - - 36 (9.8)
24
(6.5) 60 (16.3)
Puducherry
Municipality - - - -
9
(2.5)
33
(9.0) - - - - 9 (2.5)
33
(9.0) 42 (11.4)
Bahour 12
(3.3)
11
(3.0) 1 (0.3) - - - - - - - 13 (3.5)
11
(3.0) 24 (6.5)
Total 91
(24.8)
58
(15.8)
29
(7.9)
49
(13.4)
9
(2.5)
33
(9.0)
62
(16.9)
29
(7.9)
5
(1.4)
2
(0.5)
196
(53.4)
171
(46.6) 367
(100) Grand Total 149 (40.6) 78 (21.3) 42 (11.4) 91 (24.8) 7 (1.9) 367 (100)
Note: ‘F’ denotes Female and ‘M’ denotes Male Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
96
The above table 4.1 portrays the existence of tribal communities in Puducherry and
describes the tribal community based in the sex of the respondents. Little more than
half (53.4 per cent) of the respondents are female and remaining little less than half
(46.6 per cent) of the respondents are male.
Based on the tribal community’s participation in this study, 40.6 per cent of the
respondents are from Irular Tribal Community; 24.8 per cent are from Malaikuravan
Tribal Community; 21.3 per cent are from Kattunayakkan Tribal Community; 11.4 per
cent are from Kurumans Tribal Community and meagre are from Yerukkula Tribal
Community (1.9 per cent). The number of Irular Tribal Community is high and the
Yerukkula Tribal Community is very low in the region.
The above table reveals the place of residence of tribal communities living in the study
area of interest. Out of the total households studied based on the administrative
divisions, 23.7 per cent of the households are residing in Villianur Commune of which
12.8 per cent of the households belong to Malaikuravan Tribal Community and 10.9
per cent belong to Kattunayakkan Tribal Community. Slightly more than one-fifth (21.5
per cent) of the households are in Nettapakkam Commune of which 8.7 per cent, 6.8
per cent and 6 percent of the households belong to Irular, Malaikuravan and
Kattunayakkan Tribal Community respectively. One-fifth (20.4 per cent) of the
households are residing in Mannadipet Commune of which 14.2 per cent belong to
Irular Tribal Community, 4.1 percent belong to Kattunayakkan Tribal Community, 1.9
percent belong to Yerukkula Tribal Community and 0.3 percent belongs to
Malaikuravan Tribal Community. One-sixth (16.3 per cent) of the households are
residing in Ariyankuppam Commune of which 11.4 percent and 4.9 percent of the
households belong to Irular and Malaikuravan Tribal Community respectively. One-
ninth (11.4 per cent) of the households of Kurumans Tribal Community are living only
in Puducherry Municipality. Remaining below one-tenth (6.5 per cent) of the
households are residing in Bahour Commune of which 6.3 per cent and 0.3 per cent of
the households belong to Irular and Kattunayakkan Tribal Community respectively.
4.1.2. Age Group, Tribal Community and Sex of the Respondents
Age is one of the demographic variables that describe the overall demographic profile
of the respondents in the study area.
97
Table 4.2 - Age Group, Tribal Community and Sex of the Respondents
Age Group
Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities Total Grand
Total Irular Kattunayakkan Kurumans Malaikuravan Yerukkula
F M F M F M F M F M F M
26 – 35 29
(7.9)
16
(4.4)
7
(1.9)
14
(3.8)
1
(0.3)
5
(1.4)
21
(5.7)
12
(3.3)
4
(1.1)
2
(0.5)
62
(16.9)
49
(13.4)
111
(30.2)
36 - 45 21
(5.7)
11
(3.0)
6
(1.6)
13
(3.5)
2
(0.5)
10
(2.7)
24
(6.5)
12
(3.3)
1
(0.3) -
54
(14.7)
46
(12.5)
100
(27.2)
46 – 55 5
(1.4)
17
(4.6)
1
(0.3)
10
(2.7)
3
(0.8)
7
(1.9)
5
(1.4)
2
(0.5) - -
14
(3.8)
36
(9.8)
50
(13.6)
56 - 65 11
(3.0)
7
(1.9)
4
(1.1)
9
(2.5)
1
(0.3)
5
(1.4)
4
(1.1)
2
(0.5) - -
20
(5.4)
23
(6.3)
43
(11.7)
16 - 25 17
(4.6)
5
(1.4)
9
(2.5) - -
2
(0.5)
6
(1.6)
1
(0.3) - -
32
(8.7)
8
(2.2)
40
(10.9)
66 – 75 and
Above
8
(2.2)
2
(0.5)
2
(0.5)
3
(0.8)
2
(0.5)
4
(1.1)
2
(0.5) - - -
14
(3.8)
9
(2.5)
23
(6.3)
Total 91
(24.8)
58
(15.8)
29
(7.9)
49
(13.4)
9
(2.5)
33
(9.0)
62
(16.9)
29
(7.9)
5
(1.4)
2
(0.5)
196
(53.4)
171
(46.6) 367
(100) Grand Total 149 (40.6) 78 (21.3) 42 (11.4) 91 (24.8) 7 (1.9) 367 (100)
Note: ‘F’ denotes Female and ‘M’ denotes Male. Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
98
The above table 4.2 explains the age of the respondents based on their sex. Out of the
total respondents, less than one-third (30.2 per cent) of the respondents belong to the
age group of 26 – 35 years. Slightly more than one-fourth (27.2 per cent) of the
respondents are in the age group of 36 – 45 years. Little more than one-tenth (13.6 per
cent) of the respondents are in the age group of 46 – 55 years. Slightly more than one-
tenth 11.8 per cent are in the age group of 56 – 65 years. Only one-tenth (10.9 per cent)
of the respondents are in the age group of 16 – 25 years and the meagre 6.3 per cent of
the respondents are in the age group of 66 - 75 and above the years.
4.1.3. Tribal Community and Educational Status of the Respondents
The following figure explains the educational status of the respondents with respect to
their belongingness to the tribal communities. Educational status one among the social
variables for studying about the social condition and social exclusion of the study
population. It determines the one’s educational level in the society.
Figure 4.1 - Tribal Community and Educational Status of the Respondents
The above figure 4.1 describes the respondents from Non-Scheduled Tribal Community
and their educational status in the intended study area. Out of the total respondents, 70.8
per cent of the respondents have not attended schooling, of which 30 per cent are Irular,
14.7 per cent are Malaikuravan, 13.6 per cent are Kattunayakkan, 10.6 per cent are
Kurumans and the least 1.9 per cent are Yerukkula Tribal Community respectively.
30
14.7 13.610.6
1.9
70.8
10.6 10.17.6
0.8 0
29.2
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Irular Malaikuravan Kattunayakkan Kurumans Yerukkula Total
Educational Status of the Respondents
Never Attended School Drop-out
99
Only 29.2 percent of the respondents had schooling but dropped out of school due to
various socio-economic reasons, of which one-tenth (10.6 per cent and 10.1 per cent)
of the respondents are Irular and Malaikuravan respectively, 7.6 per cent are
Kattunayakkan and the least (0.8 per cent) are Kurumans Tribal Community.
4.1.4. Classes at Which the Respondents Dropped out of the Schooling
Though educational status plays a vital role in the life of any study subject, the
educational attainment is most important in the case of tribal communities. Hence, the
following table discloses how far the respondents of have attained their education.
Figure 4.2 - Classes at Which the Respondents Dropped out of Schooling
Note: This data is calculated excluding n=260 respondents who were never attended
school
Note: ‘Std’ denotes ‘Standard’
The above figure 4.2 portrays the distribution of respondents from tribal community
and their dropped-out standard. Out of the total respondents, little more than three-fifth
(61.7 per cent) of the respondents have attended schooling but dropped out in the
Primary School level itself of which, 25.2 per cent are Malaikuravan, 20.6 per cent are
from Irular Tribal Community, 14 per cent are Kattunayakkan and 1.9 per cent are
Kurumans Tribal Community respectively. Slightly more than one-fifth (22.4 per cent)
of the respondents have dropped out of school in the Middle School level itself of which
20.625.2
14
1.9
61.7
9.3
3.78.4
0.9
22.4
5.6 4.7 3.7
15
0.9 0.90.9 0.9
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Irular Malaikuravan Kattunayakkan Kurumans Yerukkula Total
Drop Out Standard of the Respondents
Primary School (Std 1 to 5) Middle School (Std 6 to 8)
High School (Std 9 to 10) Higher Secondary School (Std 11 to 12)
100
9.3 per cent are Irular, 8.4 per cent are Kattunayakkan, 3.7 per cent are Malaikuravan
and 0.9 per cent are Kurumans Tribal Community respectively. One-Seventh (14 per
cent) of the respondents have dropped out of school in the High School level itself of
which 5.6 per cent are Irular, 4.7 per cent are Malaikuravan and 3.7 per cent are
Kattunayakkan Tribal Communities respectively. Below one per cent (0.9) of the
respondents from Irular and Malaikuravan have dropped out at Higher Secondary and
College level respectively.
4.1.5. Reasons for Illiteracy and Dropout of the Respondents
The following table explains the reasons caused the respondents to be out of school and
at which class dropping out of the educational institutions has occurred. This table
clearly explains the condition of the respondents who unable to pursue their education.
Table 4.3 - Reasons for Illiteracy and Drop-out
Reasons
Illiteracy & Dropout Standard
Total Illiteracy
Primary
School
Middle
School
High
School
Higher
Secondary
School
College
No Community
Certificate
127
(34.6)
19
(5.2)
8
(2.2)
6
(1.6) - -
160
(43.6)
Economic
Problem
70
(19.1)
15
(4.1)
12
(3.3)
10
(2.7) -
1
(0.3)
108
(29.4)
Looked After
Family Chore 34 (9.3)
7
(1.9)
7
(1.9)
6
(1.6) -
1
(0.3)
55
(15.0)
Frequent
Migration 23 (6.3)
3
(0.8)
4
(1.1) - - -
30
(8.2)
Not Interested
to Schooling 6 (1.6) -
1
(0.3) - - -
7
(1.9)
Early Marriage - - 3
(0.8)
3
(0.8) - -
6
(1.6)
Interested in
Job - - - -
1
(0.3) -
1
(0.3)
Total 260
(70.8)
44
(12.0)
35
(9.5)
25
(6.8)
1
(0.3)
2
(0.5)
367
(100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
101
The above table 4.3 reveals the reasons for illiteracy and dropout of the respondents
and the standard at which dropout occurred. Slightly less than four-ninth (43.6 per cent)
of the respondents did not have Community Certificate which resulted little more than
one-third (34.6 per cent) illiterate, five per (5.2) cent dropped out at primary school,
two per (2.2) cent dropped out at middle school and less than two (1.6) per cent at high
school. Owing to the economic problem prevailed in the family, slightly less than thirty
(29.4) per cent of the respondents did not attend school and dropped out respectively
among which less than one-fifth (19.1 per cent) were illiterates, four (4.1) per cent were
dropped out at primary school, three (3.3) per cent were dropped out at middle school
and slightly less than three (2.7) per cent at high school and 0.3 per cent at college level.
To look after the family chore, little more than one-seventh (15 per cent) of the
respondents did not attend school and dropped out respectively among which one-tenth
(9.3 per cent) were illiterates, two (1.9) per cent each dropped out at primary and middle
school level respectively, 1.6 per cent dropped out at high school and 0.3 per cent at
college level.
One-twelfth (8.2 per cent) of the respondents did not attend school and dropped out
because of frequent migration of parents in search of employment, among which 6.3
per cent are illiterates and almost one per cent each (0.8 & 1.1 per cent respectively)
are drooped out at primary and middle school level respectively. Slightly less than two
per cent (2.2) of the respondents did not have interest to attend schooling among which
1.6 per cent were never been to school and 0.3 per cent were dropped out at middle
school level. Slightly less than two (1.6) per cent of the respondents dropped out of
school as they got married in their early age among which 0.8 per cent each were
dropped out at middle and high school level respectively. Only 0.3 per cent of the
respondents have dropped out of school in higher secondary level as they got interest
in job and earning money.
102
4.1.6. Occupation of the Respondents based on the Tribal Community
The following table discloses the occupation of the respondents. Occupation provides
the respondents sufficient earning in order to meet out their family expenses and further,
occupational status determines the respondents’ social status.
Table 4.4 - Occupation and Tribal Community
Occupation
Tribal Community
Total
Irular Kattuna
yakkan
Kurum
ans
Malaik
uravan
Yerukk
ula
Agricultural
Labour
128
(34.9)
43
(11.7)
37
(10.1)
71
(19.3)
3
(0.8)
282
(76.8)
Dependent 16
(4.4)
7
(1.9)
4
(1.1)
6
(1.6) -
33
(9.0)
Selling Aluminium
Utensils -
14
(3.8) - - -
14
(3.8)
Unemployed 1
(0.3)
4
(1.1)
1
(0.3)
4
(1.1) -
10
(2.7)
Selling Blue
Liquid, Phenol and
Detergent Powder
1
(0.3)
1
(0.3) -
1
(0.3)
4
(1.1)
7
(2.0)
Pig Rearing - 7
(1.9) - - -
7
(1.9)
Driving 2
(0.5) - -
4
(1.1) -
6
(1.6)
Company Labour 1
(0.3)
2
(0.5) -
2
(0.5) -
5
(1.4)
Basket Making - - - 1
(0.3) -
1
(0.3)
Hotel Employee - - - 1
(0.3) -
1
(0.3)
Selling Fruits - - - 1
(0.3) -
1
(0.3)
Total 149
(40.6)
78
(21.3)
42
(11.4)
91
(24.8)
7
(1.9)
367
(100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
103
The above table 4.4 exhibits the occupational status of the tribal families for their
livelihood in the intended study area. Little more than three-fourth (76.8 per cent) have
engaged in agricultural labour of which 34.9 per cent are Irular, 19.3 per cent are
Malaikuravan, 11.7 per cent are Kattunayakkan 10.1 per cent are Kurumans and 0.8 per
cent are Yerukkula Tribal Communities respectively. During the data collection period,
little above the one-ninth (11.7 per cent) of the respondents were unemployed and
dependent upon the family members respectively among whom 4.7 per cent are Irular,
3 per cent are Kattunayakkan, 2.7 per cent are Malaikuravan and 1.4 per cent are
Kurumans Tribal Communities respectively. Less than four (3.8) per cent of the
Kattunayakkan Tribal Community respondents have engaged in selling Aluminium
Utensils. Two per cent of respondents are selling Blue Liquid, Phenol and Detergent
Powder among which 0.3 per cent each are Irular, Kattunayakkan and Malaikuravan
and 1.1 per cent are Yerukkula Tribal Community. Less than two per cent (1.9 percent)
of the respondents from Kattunayakkan Tribal Community are rearing pigs which is the
traditional occupation for their livelihood. Less than two (1.6) per cent of the
respondents have engaged in driving the vehicles of which 1.1 per cent and 0.5 per cent
are Malaikuravan and Irular respectively. Again less than two (1.4) per cent of the
respondents have engaged as labourers and doing menial jobs in the companies located
near to their locality. Remaining 0.3 percent each of the respondents from Malaikuravan
tribal community have engaged in Basket Making which is also the traditional
occupation, selling fruits and serving as an employee in a hotel respectively.
4.1.7. Weekly Earnings of the Respondents with respect to Occupation
The following table discusses the occupation and earnings of the respondents.
Sufficient earning will make independent in taking decision in the matters related to the
development of oneself.
104
Table 4.5 - Weekly Earnings and Occupation of the Respondents
Occupation
Earnings Per Week
Total Below
Rs.500
Rs.501
- 1000
Rs.1001
- 1500
Rs.1501
- 2000
Rs.2001
- 2500
Rs.2501
- 3000
Rs.3001
- 3500
Agricultural
Labour
99
(30.5)
98
(30.2)
48
(14.8)
10
(3.1)
15
(4.6)
10
(3.1)
3
(0.9)
283
(87.1)
Driving - 1
(0.3) -
1
(0.3)
3
(0.9)
1
(0.3) - 6 (1.8)
Pig Rearing - - 3
(0.9) - -
1
(0.3)
3
(0.9) 7 (2.2)
Company
Labour -
1
(0.3)
2
(0.6) -
1
(0.3) -
1
(0.3) 5 (1.5)
Blue Liquid
& Phenol
3
(0.9)
2
(0.6)
1
(0.3)
1
(0.3) - - - 7 (2.2)
Basket
Making
1
(0.3) - - - - - - 1 (0.3)
Hotel
Employee - -
1
(0.3) - - - - 1 (0.3)
Fruits
Selling - - -
1
(0.3) - - - 1 (0.3)
Selling
Aluminium
Utensils
3
(0.9)
2
(0.6)
6
(1.8) -
3
(0.9) - - 14 (4.3)
Total 106
(32.6)
104
(32.0)
61
(18.8)
13
(4.0)
22
(6.8)
12
(3.7)
7
(2.2)
325
(100)
Note: This table is formed excluding 42 Unemployed and Dependent respondents
Note: Percentage is given Parenthesis
The above table 4.5 explains the occupation and earnings of the respondents in the
intended study area. Slightly more than one-third (32.6 per cent) of the respondents earn
below Rs.500 per week of which 30.5 per cent of the respondents earn from agricultural
labour works and remaining respondents earn from selling Blue Liquid (0.9 per cent),
selling Aluminium Utensils (0.9 per cent) and Basket Making (0.3 per cent)
105
respectively. Less than one-third (32.0 per cent) of the respondents earn income from
Rs. 500 to 1000 per week of which 30.2 per cent of the respondents earn from
agriculture labour works only. Slightly more than two-eleventh (18.8 per cent) of the
respondents earn income from Rs. 1001 to 1500 per week of which one-seventh (14.8
per cent) were agricultural labourers, two (1.8) per cent were selling aluminium
utensils, less than one per cent (0.9) were rearing pigs, 0.6 per cent were company
labourers and 0.3 per cent each were selling blue liquid and phenol, and serving as a
hotel employee respectively.
Two per cent (2.2 per cent) of the respondents earn income from Rs. 3001 to 3500 per
week of which below one per cent (0.9 per cent) each of the respondents were
agricultural labourers and rearing pigs respectively, and 0.3 per cent are working as
company employee.
4.1.8. Marital Status of the Respondents with respect to Sex
To analyse the social status of the study population, it is imperative to study about the
marital status. Hence the following the study has been conducted with respect to the
respondent’s sex with marital sex.
Table 4.6 - Sex and Marital Status of the Respondents
Sex Marital Status
Total Married Spouse Died Deserted
Female 150
(40.9)
43
(11.7)
3
(0.8) 196
(53.4)
Male 163
(44.4)
8
(2.2)
0
(0.0) 171
(46.6)
Total 313
(85.3)
51
(13.9)
3
(0.8)
367
(100)
Note: Percentage is given in parenthesis
The above table 4.6 describes the distribution of respondents based on sex and their
marital status. Out of the total respondents, above four-fifth (85.3 per cent) of the
respondents are married of which little more than two-fifth (44.4 per cent) are male and
two-fifth (40.9 per cent) are female. Slightly less than one-seventh (13.9 per cent) of
the respondents’ spouses died of which one-ninth (11.7 per cent) are female and just
2.2 per cent are male. Remaining 0.8 per cent of the female respondents are deserted by
their husbands.
106
4.1.9. Land Ownership of the Respondents with respect to the Community and
Place of Residence
Land is the important asset to any households. Hence, the following table discloses the
possession of land by the tribal communities in the puducherry
Table 4.7 - Land Ownership, Tribal Community and Administrative Division
Tribal
Community
Lan
d O
wn
ersh
ip Administrative Division
Total
Ari
yan
ku
pp
a
m
Bah
ou
r
Man
nad
ipet
Net
tap
ak
kam
Vil
lian
ur
Pu
du
cher
ry
Irular
Yes - - 9 (2.5) - - - 9 (2.5)
No 42
(11.4)
23
(6.3)
43
(11.7)
32
(8.7) - - 140 (38.1)
Kattunayakan
Yes - - 1 (0.3) 1 (0.3) - - 2 (0.5)
No - 1
(0.3) 14 (3.8)
21
(5.7)
40
(10.9) - 76 (20.7)
Kurumans
Yes - - - - - - -
No - - - - - 42
(11.4) 42 (11.4)
Malaikuravan
Yes - - - 3 (0.8) - - 3 (0.8)
No 18
(4.9) - 1 (0.3)
22
(6.0)
47
(12.8) - 88 (24.0)
Yerukkula Yes - - 2 (0.5) - - - 2 (0.5)
No - - 5 (1.4) - - - 5 (1.4)
Total
Yes - - 12 (3.3) 4 (1.1) - - 16 (4.4)
No 60
(16.3)
24
(6.5)
63
(17.2)
75
(20.4)
87
(23.7)
42
(11.4) 351 (95.6)
Grand Total
(Yes + No)
60
(16.3)
24
(6.5)
75
(20.5)
79
(21.5)
87
(23.7)
42
(11.4) 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
107
The above table 4.7 explains the Land Ownership of the Non-Scheduled Tribal
Community with respect to the place of residence. Out of the total respondents, 95.6
per cent of the respondents do not own any type of land which means that they have
constructed their houses in the Porambokke land (no legal entitlement) and only 4.4 per
cent own land.
38.1 per cent of the respondents who belong to Irular do not own any type of land of
which 11.7 per cent, 11.4 per cent, 8.7 per cent and 6.3 per cent are residing in
Mannadipet, Ariyankuppam, Nettapakkam and Bahour Communes respectively. Only
2.5 per cent of the respondents have own land and are residing in Mannadipet
Commune.
24 per cent of the respondents who belong to Malaikuravan do not own land of which
12.8 per cent are residing in Villiyanur Commune and the least 0.3 per cent are living
in Mannadipet Commune. Only 0.8 per cent of the respondents have own land and are
residing in Mannadipet Commune.
20.7 per cent of the respondents from Kattunayakkan do not own any type of land of
which 10.9 per cent are living in Villiyanur Commune and the least 0.3 per cent are in
Bahour Commune. Only 0.5 per cent each of the respondents have own land and are
living in Mannadipet and Nettapakkam Communes.
All the 11.4 per cent of the respondents who belong to Kurumans did not own land and
are living in Puducherry Municipality. Remaining 1.4 per cent of the respondents who
belong to Yerukkula residing in Mannadipet Commune have own land and 0.5 per cent
from the same tribal community and the residence did not own land.
108
4.1.10. Total Number Family Members and their Place of Residence
The following figure describes the social status of family members belonging to the
five tribal communities. Along with studying the respondent’s social status, studying
about the social status the family members of the households will enable the research
study to bring out accurate analysis of the entire family for which the following
indicators have been used such as sex composition, tribal community, age group,
identity card possession and occupation.
Figure 4.3 - Sex-wise Distribution of Total Family Members and Place of
Residence
The above figure 4.3 explains the distribution of total family members and their place
of residence in the study area. This study reports that 31.6 per cent of the family
members from Nettapakkam Commune have been included in this study of whom 15.9
per cent are female and 15.7 per cent are male. Three-eleventh (27.7 per cent) of the
family members from Villianur Commune have been included of whom 13.9 per cent
are female and 13.8 per cent are male. One-seventh (14.9 per cent) of the family
members from Ariyankuppam Commune have been included in this study of whom 7.8
per cent are female and 7.1 per cent are male. Less than one-tenth (9.5 per cent) of the
family members from Puducherry Municipality have been included in this study of
whom 4.8 per cent are female and 4.7 per cent are male. Again less than one-tenth (9.3
15.713.8
7.14.7
4.8 3.7
49.9
15.913.9
7.84.8 4.5 3.2
50.1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Nettapakkam Villianur Ariyankuppam PuducherryMunicipality
Mannadipet Bahour Total
Total Family Members in the Study Area
Male Female
109
per cent) of the family members from Mannadipet Commune have been included in this
study of whom 4.8 per cent are male and 4.5 per cent are female. Only slightly less than
seven per cent (6.9) of the family members from Bahour Commune have been included
in this study of whom 3.7 per cent are male and 3.2 per cent are female family members.
This study reveals the equal sex ratio representing 49.9 per cent and 50.1 per cent
respectively.
4.1.11. Family Members with respect to their Tribal Community and Place of
Residence
Finding out the total tribal population in the entire study area is vital one as far as
demographic variable is concerned. Therefore disclosing the total family members in
each administrative division through research paves the way for devising appropriate
policy by the policy makers.
110
Table: 4.8 - Total Family Members based on Administrative Division and Tribal Community
Administrative
Division
Irular Kattunayakkan Kurumans Malaikuravan Yerukkula Total Grand
Total Male Fem Male Fem Male Fem Male Fem Male Fem Male Fem
Nettapakkam 109
(15.7)
105
(15.2)
50
(7.2)
44
(6.4) - -
42
(6.0)
55
(7.9)
20
(2.9)
14
(2.0)
221
(31.8)
218
(31.5)
439
(31.6)
Villianur - - 89
(12.8)
91
(13.2) - -
104
(14.9)
101
(14.6) - -
193
(27.7)
192
(27.7)
385
(27.7)
Ariyankuppam 64
(9.2)
56
(8.1) - - - -
44
(6.3)
43
(6.2) - -
108
(15.5)
99
(14.3)
207
(14.9)
Puducherry
Municipality - - - -
66
(9.5)
65
(9.4) - - - -
66
(9.5)
65
(9.4)
131
(9.4)
Mannadipet 50
(7.2)
51
(7.4)
13
(1.9)
15
(2.2) - - - - - -
63
(9.1)
66
(9.5)
129
(9.3)
Bahour 40
(5.7)
49
(7.1)
5
(0.7)
3
(0.4) - - - - - -
45
(6.5)
52
(7.5)
97
(7.0)
Total 263
(37.8)
261
(37.7)
157
(22.6)
153
(22.1)
66
(9.5)
65
(9.4)
190
(27.3)
199
(28.8)
20
(2.9)
14
(2.0)
696
(100)
692
(100)
1388
(100)
Note: ‘Fem’ denotes Female Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
111
The above table 4.8 explains the sex-wise total family members in each tribal
community and place of residence in terms of administrative division. In Nettapakkam
Commune, out of the total male members that represent 31.8 per cent, 15.7 per cent are
from Irular, 7.2 per cent are from Kattunayakkan, 6 per cent from Malaikuravan and
2.9 per cent from Yerukkula Tribal Communities and out of the total female members
representing 31.5 per cent, 15.2 per cent are from Irular, 6.4 per cent from
Kattunayakkan, 7.9 per cent from Malaikuravan and 2 per cent from Yerukkula Tribal
Communities respectively.
In Villianur Commune, out of the total male members representing 27.7 per cent, 12.8
per cent and 14.9 per cent are from Kattunayakkan and Malaikuravan Tribal
Communities respectively and out of the total female members that represent 27.7 per
cent, 13.2 per cent and 14.6 per cent are from Kattunayakkan and Malaikuravan Tribal
Communities respectively.
In the Ariyankuppam Commune, out of the total family members, 15.5 per cent are
male members of whom 9.2 and 6.3 percent from Irular and Malaikuravan Tribal
Community and 14.3 per cent are female members of whom 8.1 and 6.2 per cent from
Irular and Malaikuravan Tribal Community respectively.
In Puducherry Municipality, out of the total male and female family members that
accounts 9.5 per cent and 9.4 percent, all are from Kurumans Tribal Community only.
In Mannadipet Commune, out of the total male members representing 9.1 per cent, 7.2
and 1.9 per cent are from Irular and Kattunayakkan Tribal Communities respectively
and out of the total female members that represent 9.5 per cent, 7.4 and 2.2 per cent are
from Irular and Kattunayakkan Tribal Communities respectively.
In Bahour Commune, out of the total male members representing 6.5 per cent, 5.7
percent and 0.7 percent are from Irular and Kattunayakkan Tribal Communities
respectively and out of the total female members that represents 7.5 per cent, 7.1 and
0.4 per cent are from Irular and Kattunayakkan Tribal Communities respectively. The
above table explains the total family members who belong to Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities in the study area i.e. Puducherry District. In this study, 37.8 percent of
the members belong to Irular Tribal Community, 28 percent belong to Malaikuravan
Tribal Community, 22.3 per cent belong to Kattunayakkan Tribal Community, 9.4 per
112
cent belong to Kurumans Tribal Community and only 2.4 per cent belong to Yerukkula
Tribal Community.
From this table, it is inferred that in this study, majority of participation has been
accorded from Irular Tribal Community and lesser one is from Yerukkula Tribal
Community.
4.1.12. Age Group and Sex of the Total Family Members
Table: 4.9 - Age Group and Sex of the Family Members
Age Group
Sex of the Family
Members Total
Female Male
0 - 5 Years 66 (4.8) 60 (4.3) 126 (9.1)
6 - 10 Years 77 (5.5) 86 (6.2) 163 (11.7)
11 - 15 Years 69 (5.0) 84 (6.1) 153 (11.0)
16 - 20 Years 74 (5.3) 81 (5.8) 154 (11.2)
21 - 25 Years 79 (5.7) 58 (4.2) 137 (9.9)
26 - 30 Years 78 (5.6) 57 (4.1) 135 (9.7)
31 - 35 Years 53 (3.8) 58 (4.2) 111 (8.0)
36 - 40 Years 61 (4.4) 48 (3.5) 109 (7.9)
41 - 45 Years 34 (2.4) 44 (3.2) 78 (5.6)
46 - 50 Years 17 (1.2) 30 (2.2) 47 (3.4)
51 - 55 Years 20 (1.4) 27 (1.9) 47 (3.4)
56 - 60 Years 26 (1.9) 24 (1.7) 50 (3.6)
61 - 65 Years 16 (1.2) 12 (0.9) 28 (2.0)
66 - 70 Years and Above 22 (1.6) 27 (1.9) 49 (3.5)
Total 692 (49.9) 696 (50.1) 1388 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
The above table 4.9 describes the age group of total family members in the study area.
Little more than one-tenth each (11.7 per cent, 11.2 per cent and 11 per cent) of the
family members are in the age group of 6 – 10 years, 16 – 20 years and 11 – 15 years
of age respectively. Below five per cent ( 3.6, 3.5 and 3.4 per cent) each of the family
113
members are in the age group of 56 – 60 years, 66 – 66 – 70 and above years, 46 – 50
years and 50 – 55 years of age respectively. Two per cent of the family members are in
the age group of 61 – 65 years of age.
4.1.13. Educational Status of the Family Members
Figure 4.4 - Educational Status of the Family Members
The above figure 4.4 explains the educational status of the family members in the study
area. Out of the total family members, little more than two-fifth (41 per cent) of the
family members are illiterates i.e. they never been to school so far. One-fourth (25.4
per cent) of the family members are going to school and studying from Primary to Post
Graduate Level. Slightly less than one-fourth (24.6 per cent) are school drop-outs and
little less than one-tenth (9.1 per cent) are below 5 years of age i.e. they are yet go to
school.
4.1.14. Number of Children below 5 Years of Age
Apart from studying about the head of the households of tribal communities and the
entire family members in the study area, the presence and total number of children also
have been included in the research. This is because the exclusion not only affects the
life of respondents but also the children.
569, 41%
352, 25%
341, 25%
126, 9%
Educational Status of the Family Members
Never Been to School – Illiterates Studying ChildrenSchool Dropout Yet To Schooling (Children 5 Years & Below)
114
Table 4.10 - Children 5 Years and Below
Children Frequency Percent
Below 1 Year 30 23.8
4 Years 29 23.0
5 Years 25 19.8
2 Years 21 16.6
3 Years 21 16.6
Total 126 100
Note: This table is formed excluding 1262 family members
The above table 4.10 explains the total number of children aged below 5 years in the
study area. Little more than two-ninth (23.8 & 23.0 per cent) each of the children are
below 1 year of age and at 4 years respectively. One-fifth (19.8 per cent) of the children
are at 5 years of age and one-sixth (16.6 per cent) each of the children are at 2 years
and 3 years of age respectively in the study area.
4.1.15. Class at which the Family members dropped out of Schooling
Table 4.11 - Class at which the Family Members dropped out of School
Dropout Standard Frequency Percent
Primary School (Std: 1 – 5) 105 30.8
Middle School (Std: 6 – 8) 102 29.9
High School (Std: 9 – 10) 90 26.4
Higher Secondary (Std: 11- 12) 31 9.1
Arts: Under Graduation 6 1.8
Science: Under Graduation 4 1.2
Technical Courses: ITI –
Polytechnic - Nursing 3 0.8
Total 341 100
Note: This table is formed excluding 1047 family members
Note: ‘Std’ denotes Standard
115
The above table 4.11 explains standards at which school dropouts occurred to the family
members. Out of the total members who dropped out of schooling, 30.8 per cent of the
family members have dropped out of school in their Primary School level, little more
than two-seventh (29.9 per cent) are at Middle School Level, little above than one-
fourth (26.4 per cent) are at High School Level, slightly less than one-tenth (9.1 per
cent) are at Higher Secondary School Level, nearly two percent (1.8) are at their Under
Graduation in Arts and one per cent members are at their Under Graduation in Science
and 0.8 per cent of the family members have dropped out at Technical Courses
respectively.
4.1.16. Details of the School Going Children
Table 4.12 - School Going of Children
Schooling Standard Frequency Percent
Primary School (Std: 1 – 5) 146 41.5
Middle School (Std: 6 – 8) 88 25.0
High School (Std: 9 – 10) 51 14.5
Higher Secondary (Std: 11- 12) 43 12.2
Arts: Under Graduation 11 3.1
Science: Under Graduation 6 1.7
Professional Courses: ITI –
Polytechnic – Medical 6
1.7
Science: Post Graduation 1 0.3
Total 352 100
Note: This table is formed excluding 1036 family members
Note: ‘Std’ denotes Standard
The above table 4.12 explains the schooling standard of children in the tribal families
in the study area. It is found that little more than two-fifth (41.5 per cent) of the family
members are studying in the Primary School, one-fourth (6.3 per cent) are studying in
the Middle School, one-seventh (14.5 per cent) are studying in High School education,
one-eighth (12.2 per cent) are studying in Higher Secondary education, three per cent
are studying their Under Graduation in the Arts and little less than two per cent (1.7)
each are pursuing their Under Graduation in Science and Professional and Technical
Courses respectively and just 0.3 per cent are studying Post Graduation in the Science
stream.
116
4.1.17. Occupation of the Total Family Members
Table 4.13 - Occupation of the Total Family Members
Occupation Frequency Percent
Agricultural Labours 621 71.7
Unemployed 201 23.2
Government Employee 2 0.2
Private Company 42 4.8
Total 866 100
Note: The data excluded 522 non-working family members which consists of
children below 5 years of age (126), children pursuing education (352) and
children aged between 6 to 18 but not working (44)
The above table 4.13 explains the present occupation of the family members in the
study areas. Little more than seven-tenth (71.7 per cent) of the family members were
agricultural labourers, little more than two-ninth (23.2 per cent) of the family members
were unemployed, slightly less than five (4.8) per cent of the family members were
working in private companies located near to the study areas and only 0.2 per cent of
the family members were Government employees.
4.1.18. Prevalence of Disability among the Family Members
Table 4.14 - Prevalence of Disability among the Family Members
Disability Frequency Percent
Yes 13 0.9
No 1375 99.1
Total 1388 100
The above table 4.14 explains the prevalence of disability among the family members
in the study area. It is found that 99.1 per cent of the family members have not been
suffering any type of disability but mere 0.9 per cent of the family members are
suffering from disability.
117
4.1.19. Possession of Community Certificate among the Family Members
Figure 4.5 - Availability of Community Certificate among the Family Members
Table 4.15 - Age-wise Availability of Community Certificate among the Family
Members
Age Group Community Certificate
Total Yes No
0 - 5 Years - 126 (9.1) 126 (9.1)
6 - 10 Years - 163 (11.7) 164 (11.7)
11 - 15 Years 8 (0.6) 145 (10.4) 153 (11.0)
16 - 20 Years 19 (1.4) 136 (9.8) 155 (11.2)
21 - 25 Years 12 (0.9) 125 (9.0) 137 (9.9)
26 - 30 Years 21 (1.5) 114 (8.2) 135 (9.7)
31 - 35 Years 10 (0.7) 101 (7.3) 111 (8.0)
36 - 40 Years 14 (1.0) 95 (6.8) 109 (7.9)
41 - 45 Years 10 (0.7) 68 (4.9) 78 (5.6)
46 - 50 Years 8 (0.6) 39 (2.8) 47 (3.4)
51 - 55 Years 5 (0.4) 42 (3.0) 47 (3.4)
56 - 60 Years 6 (0.4) 44 (3.2) 50 (3.6)
61 - 65 Years 2 (0.1) 26 (1.9) 28 (2.0)
66 - 70 Years and Above 4 (0.3) 45 (3.2) 49 (3.5)
Total 119 (8.6) 1269 (91.4) 1388 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
1199%
1269, 91%
Availability of Community Certificate - Family Members
Yes No
118
The above figure 4.5 explains the availability of Community Certificate among the total
family members in the study area. Little more than nine-tenth (91.4 per cent) of the
family members did not possess the Community Certificate and remaining 8.6 per cent
only possessed the Community Certificate. Age wise availability of Community
Certificate is furnished in table 4.15.
4.1.20. Availability of Voter Identity Card among the Family Members
Table 4.16 - Availability of Voter Identity Card among the Total Family
Members
Voter Identity Card Frequency Percent
Yes 781 56.3
No 109 7.9
Not Applicable (Below 18 years of Age) 498 35.9
Total 1388 100
Table 4.17 - Age-wise Availability of Voter Identity Card
Age Group
Voter Identity Card
Total Yes No
Nil (Age
Below 18
Years)
0 - 5 Years - - 126 (9.1) 126 (9.1)
6 - 10 Years - - 163 (11.7) 163 (11.7)
11 - 15 Years - - 153 (11.0) 153 (11.0)
16 - 20 Years 57 (4.1) 42 (3.0) 56 (4.0) 155 (11.2)
21 - 25 Years 113 (8.1) 24 (1.7) - 137 (9.9)
26 - 30 Years 123 (8.9) 12 (0.9) - 135 (9.7)
31 - 35 Years 105 (7.6) 6 (0.4) - 111 (8.0)
36 - 40 Years 101 (7.3) 8 (0.6) - 109 (7.9)
41 - 45 Years 74 (5.3) 4 (0.3) - 78 (5.6)
46 - 50 Years 43 (3.1) 4 (0.3) - 47 (3.4)
51 - 55 Years 45 (3.2) 2 (0.1) - 47 (3.4)
56 - 60 Years 49 (3.5) 1 (0.1) - 50 (3.6)
61 - 65 Years 26 (1.9) 2 (0.1) - 28 (2.0)
66 - 70 Years and Above 45 (3.2) 4 (0.3) - 49 (3.5)
Total 781 (56.3) 109 (7.9) 498 (35.9) 1388 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
119
The above table 4.16 explains the availability of Voter Identity Card among the total
family members. Little more than half (56.3 per cent) of the family members possessed
Voter Identity Card and 7.9 per cent only did not possess Voter Identity Card and 35.9
per cent of the family members too did not possess Voter Identity Card as they were
below 18 years of age. Age wise availability of Voter Identity Card is furnished in table
4.17.
4.1.21. Availability of Aadhaar Card among the Family Members
Table 4.18 - Availability of Aadhaar Card among the Family Members
Aadhaar Card Frequency Percent
Yes 1178 84.9
No 210 15.1
Total 1388 100
Table 4.19 - Age-wise Availability of Aadhaar Card
Age Group Aadhaar Card
Total Yes No
0 - 5 Years 53 (3.8) 73 (5.3) 126 (9.1)
6 - 10 Years 122 (8.8) 41 (3.0) 163 (11.7)
11 - 15 Years 142 (10.2) 11 (0.8) 153 (11.0)
16 - 20 Years 133 (9.6) 22 (1.6) 155 (11.2)
21 - 25 Years 114 (8.2) 23 (1.7) 137 (9.9)
26 - 30 Years 124 (8.9) 11 (0.8) 135 (9.7)
31 - 35 Years 105 (7.6) 6 (0.4) 111 (8.0)
36 - 40 Years 103 (7.4) 6 (0.4) 109 (7.9)
41 - 45 Years 72 (5.2) 6 (0.4) 78 (5.6)
46 - 50 Years 44 (3.2) 3 (0.2) 47 (3.4)
51 - 55 Years 45 (3.2) 2 (0.1) 47 (3.4)
56 - 60 Years 48 (3.5) 2 (0.1) 50 (3.6)
61 - 65 Years 27 (1.9) 1 (0.1) 28 (2.0)
66 - 70 Years and Above 46 (3.3) 3 (0.2) 49 (3.5)
Total 1178 (84.9) 210 (15.1) 1388 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
120
The above table 4.18 explains the availability of Aadhaar Card among the total family
members. More than four-fifth (84.9 per cent) of the family members possess Aadhaar
Card and remaining 15.1 per cent of the family members did not possess. Age wise
availability of Aadhaar Card is furnished in table 4.19.
4.1.22. Eligible Family Members Accessing Welfare / Social Security Schemes
The following table describes the accessibility of welfare schemes by the eligible family
members. It is an important indicator by which social exclusion could be measured.
Table 4.20 - Eligible Family Members Accessing Welfare / Social Security
Schemes
Scheme Availability Frequency
Old Age Pension*
Yes 62 (51.2)
No 59 (48.8)
Total* 121 (100)*
Differently-Abled
Pension**
Yes 9 (56.2)
No 7 (43.8)
Total** 16 (100)**
Widow
Pension***
No 31 (68.9)
Yes 14 (31.1)
Total*** 45 (100)***
Note: * denotes that the table is formed excluding 1267 family members
who are ineligible.
Note: ** denotes that the table is formed excluding 1372 family
members who are ineligible.
Note: *** denotes that the table is formed excluding 1343 family
members who are ineligible to avail this scheme.
The above table 4.20 explains the availability of Old Age Pension by the eligible elderly
in the study area. Out of the total eligible elderly members to avail old age pension,
little more than half (51.2 per cent) of the eligible elderly members are receiving old
age pension and little less than half (48.8 per cent) of them are not receiving.
121
With respect to the availability of Differently Abled Pension by the eligible differently
abled persons in the study area, 56.2 per cent are availing Differently Abled Pension
and remaining 43.8 per cent of the differently abled persons did not avail Differently
Abled Pension despite they are eligible to avail.
With respect to the availability of Widow Pension which is being provided only to the
eligible women whose husbands died, nearly seven-tenth (68.9 per cent) did not avail
Widow Pension and remaining little more than three-tenth (31.1 per cent) of them were
availing Widow Pension in the intended study area.
The family members, who were eligible to avail the respective social security schemes,
reported the various reasons for not availing the schemes. Among the reasons, non-
availability of community certificate was the predominant one followed by other
documents. Moreover, some of the eligible family members in the respective schemes
have applied for availing the schemes even before 2 to 3 years, however they yet not
availed owing to various reasons. Furthermore, many eligible family members to avail
the schemes were unaware of the procedure to apply for any welfare schemes.
122
4.1.23. Educational Status of Total Family Members with respect to the Age
Group
Table 4.21 - Age Group and Educational Status of Total Family Members
Age
(in years) Illiterates
Yet To
Schooling Dropout Studying Total
0 - 5 - 126 (9.1) - - 126 (9.1)
6 - 10 11 (0.8) - 3 (0.2) 148 (10.7) 162 (11.7)
11 - 15 11 (0.8) - 8 (0.6) 137 (9.9) 156 (11.2)
16 - 20 24 (1.7) - 69 (5.0) 62 (4.5) 155 (11.2)
21 - 25 41 (3.0) - 89 (6.4) 5 (0.4) 135 (9.7)
26 - 30 67 (4.8) - 68 (4.9) - 135 (9.7)
31 - 35 69 (5.0) - 42 (3.0) - 111 (8.0)
36 - 40 86 (6.2) - 23 (1.7) - 109 (7.9)
41 - 45 65 (4.7) - 13 (0.9) - 78 (5.6)
46 - 50 41 (3.0) - 7 (0.5) - 48 (3.5)
51 - 55 44 (3.2) - 4 (0.3) - 48 (3.5)
56 - 60 42 (3.0) - 7 (0.5) - 49 (3.5)
61 - 65 25 (1.8) - 2 (0.1) - 27 (1.9)
66 - 70 and
Above
43 (3.1) - 6 (0.4) - 49 (3.5)
Total 569 (41.0) 126 (9.1) 341 (24.6) 352 (25.4) 1388 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
The above table 4.21 explains the educational status of family members (including the
respondents) in the study areas. Out of the total family members, 41 per cent of the
family members are illiterates, 9.1 per cent are children below the age of 5 years and
hence yet to schooling, 24.6 per cent are dropouts and 25.4 per cent of the family
members are pursuing education.
123
4.1.24. Generational Timeline Analysis with respect to the Educational Status of the Family Members
Educational status of the family members have been classified into three groups according to their generational age group. Then, the family
members of each generation is grouped into one separately and data have been calculated to find out the generational gap with respect to
their education.
Table 4.22 - Generational Timeline Analysis on Educational Status of the Family Members of Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities
Literacy Level
First Generation
(76 Members)
Age: 61 – 90
Second Generation
(443 Members)
Age: 31 - 60
Third Generation
(743 Members)
Age: 6 - 30
Out of Total Population
(1262)
Age: 6 – 90
I D S I D S I D S I D S
Illiterate 68
(89.5) - -
347
(78.3) -
- 154 - -
569
(45.1) - -
Primary Standard
(Class: 1 to 5) -
8
(10.5) - -
46
(10.4)
- -
51
(6.9)
146
(19.7) -
105
(8.3)
146
(11.6)
Middle Standard
(Class: 6 to 8) - - -
- 31
(7.0)
- - 71
(9.6)
88
(11.8)
- 102
(8.1)
88
(7.0)
High School
(Class: 9 to 10) - -
- 15
(3.4)
- - 75
(10.1)
51
(6.9)
- 90
(7.1)
51
(4.0)
124
Literacy Level
First Generation
(76 Members)
Age: 61 – 90
Second Generation
(443 Members)
Age: 31 - 60
Third Generation
(743 Members)
Age: 6 - 30
Out of Total Population
(1262)
Age: 6 – 90
Higher Secondary
(Class: 11 to 12)
- - - - 3 (0.7)
- - 28
(3.8)
43
(5.8)
- 31
(2.5)
43
(3.4)
Arts: UG - - - - 1 (0.2)
- - 5 (0.7)
11
(1.5)
- 6 (0.5)
11
(0.9)
Professional & UG - - - - - - - 4 (0.5) 6 (0.8) - 4 (0.3) 6 (0.5)
Technical (ITI /
Polytechnic)
- - - - -
- - 3 (0.4) 6 (0.8)
- 3 (0.2) 6 (0.5
Professional & PG - - - - - - - - 1 (0.1) - - 1 (0.1)
Total 68
(89.5)
8
(10.5) 0
347
(78.3)
96
(21.7) 0
154
(20.7)
237
(31.9)
352
(47.4)
569
(45.1)
341
(27.0)
352
(27.9)
76 443 743 1262 (100)
Note: This table is calculated excluding 126 children below the age of 5 years as they are yet to schooling
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
125
The above table 4.22 describes in detail about the generational timeline analysis on the
educational status of total family members belong to all the five tribal communities in
the study area.
Out of the total family members who belong to first generation aged between 61 to 90
(n=76), little less than nine-tenth (89.5 per cent) of the family members had never been
to school and remaining 10.5 per cent have attended their school only up to primary
level of education.
Out of the total family members who belong to second generation aged between 31 to
60 (n=443), less than four-fifth (78.3 per cent) had never been to school and remaining
little more than one-fifth (21.7 per cent) of them had attended and dropped out of school
of which 10.4 per cent have studied up to primary school, 7 per cent have studied up to
middle school, 3.4 per cent have studied up to high school, less than one (0.7 per cent)
have studied up to higher secondary and only the least 0.2 per cent have studied up to
under graduation.
Out of the total family members who belong to third generation aged between 6 to 30
years (n=743), one-fifth (20.7 per cent) of the members did not attend schooling, little
less than one-third (31.9 per cent) of them have attended and dropped out of the school
of which one-tenth (10.1 per cent) have dropped out at high school and 0.4 per cent
have dropped out at technical course level. Remaining 47.4 per cent of the family
members are presently pursuing their education of which one-fifth (19.7 per cent) of
them are in primary school and 0.1 per cent are pursuing their professional course.
In total, out of the total family members (n=1262) in the study area, little more than
four-ninth (45.1 per cent) of the family members had never been to school, 27 per cent
each of the family members have dropped out of school and pursuing their education
respectively.
126
4.1.25. Educational Status and Reasons for Illiteracy and Dropout of the Family Members
Studying about the educational status and reasons for illiteracy and dropout is an important indicator for assessing the level of education
of the five tribal communities together. As per the family members’ view, the reasons for educational setbacks are furnished below.
Table 4.23 - Educational Status and Reasons for Illiteracy and Dropout among the Family Members
Educational Status
Reasons for Illiteracy and Dropout
Total No
Community
Certificate
Family's
Economic
Problem
Early
Marriage
Interest
on Job
Income
Looked
After Family
Chore
Frequent
Migration of
Parents
Never Been to School 99 (10.9) 401 (44.1) 25 (2.7) 3 (0.3) 26 (2.9) 15 (1.6) 569 (62.5)
School Dropout 155 (17.0) 131 (14.4) 33 (3.6) 13 (1.4) 7 (0.8) 2 (0.2) 341 (37.5)
Total 254 (27.9) 532 (58.5) 58 (6.4) 16 (1.8) 33 (3.6) 17 (1.8) 910 (100)
Note: This table is formed excluding 478 children who are below 5 years of age (126) and pursuing education (352)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
127
The above table 4.23 depicts the reasons for illiteracy and dropout among the family
members belong to five tribal communities in the intended study area.
Out of the total family members who were never been to school and dropped out of the
school, five-eighth (62.5 per cent) of the members had never been to school owing to
multiple reasons such as family’s economic problem that accounts slightly less than
four-ninth (44.1 per cent), non-availability of community certificate (10.9 per cent),
looking after their family chore (2.9 per cent), early marriage (2.7 per cent), parents’
frequent migration (1.6 per cent) and interest on job and income (0.3 per cent).
Remaining three-eighth (37.5 per cent) had schooling but dropped out owing to the
multiple reasons such as family’s economic problem (14.4 per cent), non-availability
of community certificate (17.0 per cent), early marriage (3.6 per cent), interest on job
and earning money (1.4 per cent), looking after family chore (0.8 per cent) and parents’
frequent migration (0.2 per cent).
4.1.26. Availability of Identity Documents Issued by Government to the
Respondents
The following table 4.24 discloses about the possession of Government authentic
identity documents issued to the respondents. Accessibility of reservation benefits,
availability of welfare schemes and availing employment opportunity in the
government and other welfare measures are rest with the availability of identity
documents.
128
Table 4.24 - Tribal Community-wise Availability of Identity Documents
Identity Cards
Avail
ab
ilit
y
Tribal Communities
Total
Iru
lar
Katt
un
ayak
kan
Ku
rum
an
s
Mala
iku
ravan
Yer
uk
ku
la
Family Identity
Card
Yes 111
(30.2)
71
(19.3)
17
(4.6)
82
(22.3)
7
(1.9)
288
(78.5)
No 38
(10.4) 7 (1.9)
25
(6.8)
9
(2.5) -
79
(21.5)
Total 149
(40.6)
78
(21.3)
42
(11.4)
91
(24.8)
07
(1.9)
367
(100)
Community
Certificate
Yes 5
(1.4)
01
(0.3) -
14
(3.8) -
20
(5.4)
No 144
(39.2)
77
(21.0)
42
(11.4)
77
(21.0)
7
(1.9)
347
(94.6)
Total 149
(40.6)
78
(21.3)
42
(11.4)
91
(24.8)
7
(1.9)
367
(100)
Voter Identity
Card
Yes 136
(37.1)
74
(20.2)
37
(10.1)
90
(24.5)
7
(1.9)
344
(93.7)
No 13
(3.5)
04
(1.1)
05
(1.4)
01
(0.3) -
23
(6.3)
Total 149
(40.6)
78
(21.3)
42
(11.4)
91
(24.8)
7
(1.9)
367
(100)
Aadhaar Card
Yes 138
(37.6)
77
(21.0)
39
(10.6)
91
(24.8)
7
(1.9)
352
(95.9)
No 11
(3.0) 1 (0.3)
3
(0.8) - -
15
(04.1)
Total 149
(40.6)
78
(21.3)
42
(11.4)
91
(24.8)
7
(1.9)
367
(100)
Health Card
Yes 44
(12.0)
33
(9.0)
02
(0.5)
25
(6.8)
02
(0.5)
106
(28.9)
No 105
(28.6)
45
(12.3)
40
(10.9)
66
(18.0)
05
(1.4)
261
(71.1)
Total 149
(40.6)
78
(21.3)
42
(11.4)
91
(24.8)
07
(1.9)
367
(100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
129
Family Identity Card (Ration Card)
Family Identity Card which is the legally accepted document, issued by the concerned
Government, for providing ration items through the Public Distribution System to the
poor and economically weaker sections. In this regard, out of the total households, 78.5
per cent of the households have got Family Identity Card, of which, 30.2 per cent are
Irular, 22.3 per cent are Malaikuravan, 19.3 per cent are Kattunayakkan, 4.6 per cent
are Kurumans and 1.9 per cent are Yerukkula Tribal Community respectively. Slightly
more than one-fifth (21.5 per cent) of the households have not availed Family Identity
Card, of which, 10.4 per cent are Irular, 6.8 per cent are Kurumans, 2.5 per cent are
Malaikuravan and 1.9 per cent are Kattunayakkan Tribal Community respectively.
Community Certificate
Community Certificate is the proof of one's belongingness to a particular caste,
especially in case of the 'Scheduled Castes', 'Scheduled Tribes' and the ‘Backward
Classes’ as specified by the Indian Government. Out of the total respondents, majority
of the respondents (94.6 per cent) do not have the Community Certificate, of which,
39.2 per cent are Irular, 21 per cent each are Kattunayakkan and Malaikuravan
respectively, 11.4 per cent are Kurumans and 1.9 per cent are Yerukkula Tribal
Community. Remaining 5.4 per cent of the respondents only have obtained the
Community Certificate, of which, 3.8 per cent are Malaikuravan, 1.4 per cent are Irular
and 0.3 per cent are Kattunayakkan Tribal Community respectively.
Voter Identity Card
Voter Identity Card serves as a general identity card issued by the Government to its
citizen. In this regard, out of the total respondents, slightly more than nine-tenth (93.7
per cent) of the respondents possess Voter Identity Card, of which, three-eighth (37.1
per cent) are Irular, little more than two-ninth (24.5 per cent) are Malaikuravan, one-
fifth (20.2 per cent) are Kattunayakkan, one-tenth (10.1 per cent) are Kurumans and
slightly less than two (1.9) per cent are Yerukkula Tribal Community respectively.
Remaining 6.3 per cent of the respondents have not availed the Voter Identity Card, of
which, 3.5 per cent are Irular, 1.4 per cent are Kurumans, 1.1 per cent are
Kattunayakkan and 0.3 per cent are Malaikuravan Tribal Community respectively.
130
Aadhaar Card
At present Aadhaar Card became primary identity card for availing any type of welfare
schemes provided by the Government and such situation is being established that
without which a person cannot be considered as the citizen of the country and the
availability of any services in the country is not possible. With respect to this, out of
the total respondents, majority (95.9 per cent) of the respondents have obtained Aadhaar
Card, of which, 37.6 per cent are Irular, 24.8 per cent are Malaikuravan, 21 per cent are
Kattunayakkan, 10.6 per cent are Kurumans and 1.9 per cent are Yerukkula Tribal
Community respectively. Only 4.1 per cent of the respondents have not obtained
Aadhaar Card, of which, 3 per cent, 0.8 per cent and 0.3 per cent are Irular, Kurumans
and Kattunayakkan Tribal Community respectively.
Health Card
Out of the total respondents, Seven-tenth (71.1 per cent) of the respondents have not
availed their health card from the Government of which 28.6 per cent are Irular, 18 per
cent are Malaikuravan, 12.3 per cent are Kattunayakkan, 10.9 per cent are Kurumans
and 1.4 per cent are Yerukkula Tribal Community respectively. Remaining 28.9 percent
of the respondents have not availed their health card of which 12 per cent are Irular, 9
per cent are Kattunayakkan, 6.8 per cent are Malaikuravan and 0.5 per cent each are
Kurumans and Yerukkula Tribal Community respectively.
131
4.1.27. Respondents Having Bank Account
The table exhibits the level of financial inclusion of tribal communities in terms of
availing banking service. Financial inclusion is one of the indicators of measuring social
exclusion of the study subjects.
Table 4.25 – Possession of Bank Account among the Respondents
Possession
of Bank
Account
Tribal Communities
Total
Iru
lar
Katt
un
ayak
kan
Ku
rum
an
s
Mala
iku
ravan
Yer
uk
ku
la
Yes 123
(33.5)
71
(19.3)
38
(10.4)
85
(23.2)
7
(1.9)
3224
(88.3)
No 26
(7.1)
7
(1.9)
4
(1.1)
6
(1.6) -
43
(11.7)
Total 149
(40.6)
78
(21.3)
42
(11.4)
91
(24.8)
7
(1.9)
367
(100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
The above table 4.25 shows the distribution of respondents who possess bank account.
Out of the total respondents, 88.3 per cent of the respondents have Bank Accounts, of
which, 33.5 per cent are Irular, 23.2 per cent are Malaikuravan, 19.3 per cent are
Kattunayakkan, 10.4 per cent are Kurumans and 1.9 per cent are Yerukkula Tribal
Community respectively. Remaining one-eighth (11.7 per cent) of the respondents did
not have Bank Account, of which, 7.1 per cent, 1.9 per cent, 1.6 per cent and 1.1 per
cent are Irular, Kattunayakkan, Malaikuravan and Kurumans Tribal Community
respectively.
132
4.1.28. Quality of the House
In this, individual component of the house has been studied separately with assigning
score to the each attributes. A final score is derived and the quality of the house is
analyzed.
Table 4.26 - Quality of the House
Housing
Component Condition (Score: 1 to 4) Total
Floor
(1) Mud 305 (83.1)
(2) Cement Floor 48 (13.1)
(3) Tiles 5 (1.4)
(4) Marbles 9 (2.5)
Total 367 (100)
Wall
(1) Coconut Thatching - Polythene Cover -
Rice Bag 289 (78.7)
(2) Mud Wall 16 (4.4)
(3) Bricks - Cement 51 (13.9)
(4) Concrete Pillar-Bricks-Cement 11 (3.0)
Total 367 (100)
Roof
(1) Coconut Thatching - Polythene Cover -
Rice Bag 302 (82.3)
(2) Asbestos 12 (3.3)
(3) Tile 38 (10.4)
(4) Concrete 15 (4.1)
Total 367 (100)
Quality of the
House
Score 1-3: Worst to Live 271 (73.8)
Score 4-6: Somewhat Liveable 41 (11.2)
Score 7-9: Liveable House 43 (11.7)
Score 10-12: Sophisticated House 12 (3.3)
Total 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
133
The above table 4.26 explains the quality of the housing of the respondents in the study
area. To assess the quality of the house, housing components such as Condition of
Floor, Wall and Roof have been taken into account and presented separately. These
components have been further classified into four attributes and assigned them values
from 1 to 4 that represent the condition of the each housing component. Finally total
scores were calculated and the quality of the housing was established.
Accordingly, little less than three-fourth (73.8 per cent) of the houses have scored 1 - 3
which represents the condition of the houses as “Worst to Live”, little more than one-
tenth (11.7 per cent) of the houses have scored 7 - 9 which represents the condition of
the houses as “Liveable House”, little more than one-tenth (11.2 per cent) of the houses
have scored 4 - 6 which represents the condition of the houses as “Somewhat Liveable
Houses” and remaining only 3.3 per cent of the houses have scored 9 - 12 which
represents the condition of the houses as “Sophisticated Houses”.
4.1.32. Quality of the House with respect to Tribal Communities
This study was conducted to know the quality of the houses with respect to the tribal
communities in the study area.
Table 4.27 - Tribal Communities and the Quality of House
Tribal
Community
Quality of the House
Total Worst to
Live
(Score 1-3)
Somewhat
Liveable
(Score 4-6)
Liveable
(Score 7-9)
Sophisticated
(Score 10-12)
Irular 136 (37.1) 10 (2.7) 3 (0.8) - 149 (40.6)
Malaikuravan 51 (13.9) 20 (5.4) 11 (3.0) 9 (2.5) 91 (24.8)
Kattunayakkan 36 (9.8) 10 (2.7) 29 (7.9) 3 (0.8) 78 (21.3)
Kurumans 42 (11.4) - - - 42 (11.4)
Yerukkula 6 (1.6) 1 (0.3) - - 7 (1.9)
Total 271 (73.8) 41 (11.2) 43 (11.7) 12 (3.3) 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
134
The above table 4.27 explains the quality of the housing with respect to the tribal
community in the intended study area. Out of the total respondents, majority (73.8 per
cent) of the respondents are living in the houses which are “Worst to Live”, of which,
three-eighth (37.1 per cent) of the respondents are Irular, 13.9 per cent are
Malaikuravan, one-ninth (11.4 per cent) are Kurumans, 9.8 per cent are Kattunayakkan
and 1.6 percent are Yerukkula Tribal Community respectively.
One-ninth (11.7 per cent) of the respondents are living in the houses which are
“Liveable House”, of which, 7.9 per cent are Kattunayakkan, 3.0 per cent are
Malaikuravan and 0.8 per cent are Irular Tribal Community respectively.
One-ninth (11.2 per cent) of the respondents are living in the houses which are
“Somewhat Liveable”, of which, 5.4 per cent are Malaikuravan, 2.7 per cent each are
Irular and Kattunayakkan, and 0.3 per cent are Yerukkula Tribal Community
respectively.
Only 3.3 percent of the respondents are living in the houses which are “Sophisticated
House” Category, of which, 2.5 per cent are Malaikuravan and 0.8 per cent are
Kattunayakkan Tribal Community respectively.
4.1.30. Ownership and Location of the House
The legal entitlement of the respondents towards their location of the houses i.e. land
has been analysed and the data are furnished below.
Table 4.28 - Ownership and Location of the House
Ownership of
the House
Location of the House
Total Own
Land
Government
Allotted
Land
Porambokke
Land
Private
Ownership
Own House 23 (6.3) 95 (25.9) 190 (51.8) - 308 (83.9)
Rental House - - - 59 (16.1) 59 (16.1)
Total 23 (6.3) 95 (25.9) 190 (51.8) 59 (16.1) 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
135
The above table 4.28 explains the ownership of the houses of the respondents in the
study area. Out of the total respondents, little more than four-fifth (83.9 per cent) are
living in their own houses of which half of the respondents have constructed their
houses in Porambokke land (no legal entitlements upon the land), one-fourth (25.9 per
cent) have constructed their houses in the Government allotted land which yet to be
given legal deed from the Government to the respondents and only 6.3 per cent have
constructed their house in their own land. Remaining one-sixth (16.1 per cent) of the
respondents are residing in the rented houses.
4.1.34. Available Dwelling Rooms for Comfortable Sleeping
Apart from knowing about the legal entitlement towards the land, it is also imperative
to know about the availability of dwelling rooms in the houses. Population crowd could
be analysed based on the dwelling rooms.
Table 4.29 - Sufficient Rooms for Comfortable Sleeping and Available Rooms in
the House
Room for
Sleeping
Available Rooms
Total Common
Room
Only
One Room
with a
Common
Room
Two Rooms
with a
Common
Room
Three Rooms
with a
Common
Room
Yes 12 (3.3) 6 (1.6) 12 (3.3) 4 (1.1) 34 (9.3)
No 285 (77.7) 38 (10.4) 7 (1.9) 3 (0.8) 333 (90.7)
Total 297 (80.9) 44 (12.0) 19 (5.2) 7 (1.9) 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
The above table 4.29 explains the availability of sufficient rooms for sleeping
comfortably with respect to the rooms available in the houses of the respondents.
Out of total households, nine-tenth (90.7 per cent) of the households do not have
sufficient rooms to sleep comfortably among which little more than three-fourth (77.7
per cent) of the houses are built with only one common room, one-tenth (10.4) of the
houses are built with one independent room with a common room, slightly less than
two (1.9) per cent of the houses are built with two rooms with a common room and only
136
0.8 per cent of the houses are with three along with a common room. Here the notable
things, even though the respondents are living in a houses built with three and above
rooms, they feel that they did not have independent room for sleeping comfortably.
Only less than one-tenth (9.3 per cent) of the houses have sufficient room to sleep
comfortably among which 3.3 per cent each of the houses are built only with common
room and two rooms with a common room respectively, 1.6 per cent of the houses are
built with one room with a common room and only 1.1 per cent of the houses are built
with three rooms with a common room. It is to note that respondents who have built
their houses without any independent rooms but a common room feel that they
comfortably sleep.
4.1.32. Availability of Independent Study Room for Children
Table 4.30 - Availability of Independent Rooms for Children to Study
Room for Children to Study Frequency Per cent
No 320 87.2
Households with no children 34 9.3
Yes 13 3.5
Total 367 100
The above table 4.30 explains the availability of individual room for the children to
study. Out of the total houses, slightly lower than nine-tenth (87.2 per cent) of the
houses do not have individual room for the children to study and only 3.5 percent of
the houses have individual room for the children to study. Slightly less than one-tenth
(9.3 per cent) of the houses do not have children.
137
4.1.33. Available Amenities in the House
The following information describes the available amenities in the households of tribal
communities in the intended study area.
Table 4.31 - Available Amenities in the House
Facility Description Total
Bathroom
No, Open Place Only 277 (75.5)
Coconut Thatching - Rice Bag -
Polythene Cover 51 (13.9)
Attached Bathroom 24 (6.5)
Bricks or Hollow Blocks 15 (4.1)
Total 367 (100)
Toilet
No, Open Place Only 331 (90.2)
Attached Toilet 20 (5.4)
Bricks or Hollow Blocks 16 (4.4)
Total 367 (100)
Drinking Water
Common Tap 266 (72.5)
Individual Tap 100 (27.2)
Purified Water 1 (0.3)
Total 367 (100)
Electricity
Bulb Alone 121 (33.0)
Tube Alone 73 (19.9)
No, Kerosene Lamp 60 (16.3)
Bulb-Tube 60 (16.3)
Bulb-CFL 35 (9.5)
Tube-CFL 16 (4.4)
CFL Alone 2 (0.5)
Total 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
138
The above table 4.31 depicts the availability of facilities in the households of Non-
Scheduled Tribal Communities.
Bathroom Facility: Out of the total houses, three-fourth (75.5 per cent) of the houses
do not have bathing facility and hence all the family members used to take bath in the
open places only. Less than one-seventh (13.9 per cent) of the houses have bathing
facility which have been erected either with coconut thatches, with used rice bags or
polythene cover. 6.5 percent of the houses have been constructed with attached
Bathroom facility and only less than five (4.1) per cent of the houses have constructed
bathrooms either with bricks or hollow blocks.
Toilet Facility: Out of the total houses, nine-tenth (90.2 per cent) of the houses do not
have toilet facility and hence all the family members reported that they do practice open
defecation. Remaining 9.8 per cent of the houses have been constructed toilet facility
of which 5.4 per cent of the houses have attached toilet facility and 4.4 percent of the
houses have been constructed either with bricks or hollow blocks.
Drinking Water Facility: Out of the total houses, nearly three fourth (72.5) of the
houses have depended upon the common tap and fetching water for drinking and their
household activities. Little more than one-fourth (27.2 per cent) of the houses have
installed individual tap for drinking water and just 0.3 percent of the houses have
installed purified drinking water system.
Electricity Facility: Out of the total houses, little more than four-fifth (83.7 per cent)
of the houses are electrified of which one-third (33 per cent) of the houses use bulb
alone for electrification, one-fifth (19.9 per cent) use tube light alone for electrification,
one-sixth (16.3 per cent) of the houses use bulb and tube light together for electrification
in their houses, one-tenth (9.5 per cent) of the houses use bulb and CFL together for
electrification, 4.4 percent of the houses use tube light and CFL together for
electrification and only 0.5 per cent of the houses uses CFL alone for electrification.
Remaining one-sixth (16.3 per cent) of the houses are not electrified.
139
4.1.34. Independent Room for Kitchen and Fuel for Cooking
This table explains the housing amenities of tribal communities in terms of available
room for cooking and fuel used for the same.
Table 4.32 - Independent Room for Kitchen and Fuel for Cooking
Fuel For Cooking
Available Rooms
Total Yes
Open
Place
Common
Room
Agriculture Residuals & Wood 6 (1.7) 233 (63.5) 30 (14.2) 291 (79.3)
LPG Alone 12 (3.3) - 44 (12.0) 56 (15.3)
Agriculture Residuals with
Wood & Kerosene 1 (0.3) 10 (2.7) 9 (2.5) 20 (5.4)
Total 19 (5.2) 243 (66.2) 97 (26.4) 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
The above table 4.32 explains the type of fuel used for cooking in the houses of tribal
communities. Out of the total houses, little more than two-third (68.1 per cent) of the
houses are using agricultural residuals and wood together as fuel for cooking. Little
more than one-seventh (15.3 per cent) of the houses use LPG for cooking and one-ninth
(11.2 per cent) of the houses use agricultural residuals with wood and kerosene together
for cooking. Only 5.4 per cent of the houses use agricultural residuals with wood and
LPG together for cooking.
The above table explains the availability of independent or individual room for cooking
in the houses. Out of the total houses, little more than two-third (68.4 per cent) of the
houses do not have independent room for cooking and hence they practice open place
cooking, little more than one-fourth (26.4 per cent) of the houses did not have an
individual room, hence cooking is performed in the common room only. Only 5.2 per
cent of the houses alone have individual room for cooking.
140
4.1.35. Television and its Types
Possessing Television in the tribal households is considered an icon of social status and
an asset to the family. To them, it is the only entertainment option in the modern day.
Table 4.33 - Availability of Television and Its Types in the House
Television Frequency Size of TV Frequency
Bought by Own 185 (50.4)
14 inch 105 (28.6)
21 inch 75 (20.4)
LED – 22 inch 3 (0.8)
LCD – 22 inch 2 (0.5)
No 153 (41.7) Not Applicable 153 (41.7)
Government Issued 029 (07.9) 14 inch 29 (7.9)
Total 367 (100) Total 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
The above table 4.33 explains the availability of television, an asset, in the houses of
tribal communities. Out of the total houses, half (50.4 per cent) of the houses possess
television which the tribal communities themselves bought of which two-seventh (28.6
per cent) are 14 inch, one-fifth (20.4) are 21 inch, 0.8 per cent are 22 inch LED and 0.5
per cent are 22 inch LCD television respectively.
Little more than two-fifth (41.7 per cent) of the houses did not own a television and
only eight (7.9 per cent) of the houses have 14 inch television which the tribal
communities availed from the Government through free television scheme.
141
4.1.36. Mobile Phone and Its Types
Possessing Mobile Phone became common phenomenon in the society. In this case,
tribal community is not exception one.
Table 4.34 - Availability of Mobile and Its Types in the House
Mobile Frequency Mobile Type Frequency
Yes 243 (66.2) Keypad 208 (56.7)
Touch Screen 35 (9.5)
No 124 (33.8) Not Applicable 124 (33.8)
Total 367 (100) Total 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
The above table 4.34 depicts the availability of mobile phone and its type in the houses
of tribal communities. Out of the total houses, two-third (66.2 per cent) of the houses
have mobile phones of which slightly less than four-seventh (56 per cent) are using
keypad model mobile phones and one-tenth (9.5 per cent) are using smart phone (touch
screen) model phones. Remaining one-third (33.8 percent) of the houses do not have
mobile phones at all.
142
4.1.37. Individual Usage of Mobile Phones among the Respondents
Table 4.35 - Individual Mobile for Respondents
Number of Mobile Phones Frequency Per cent
One 182 74.9
Two 48 19.7
Three 8 3.3
Four 5 2.1
Total 243 100
Note: The table is formed excluding 124 respondents who did not have
mobile phones.
The above table 4.35 exhibits the number of mobile phones which the family members
of tribal community possess. As far the possession of the mobile phones in the houses
are concerned, nearly three-fourth (74.9 per cent) of the family members have only one
mobile phone, one-fifth (19.7 per cent) of the family members have two mobile phones,
three per cent of the family members have 3 mobile phones and only 2.2 per cent of the
members have four mobile phones.
4.1.38. Availability of Mixer, Grinder, Fan and Refrigerator
The table explains the combination of amenities issued by the Government under “Free
Scheme” to the needy people.
Table 4.36 - Availability of Mixer – Wet Grinder – Table Fan and Refrigerator
in the House
Description Mixer Wet Grinder Table Fan Refrigerator
Government Issued 231 (62.9) 234 (63.8) 25 (6.8) -
No 111 (30.2) 107 (29.2) 117 (31.9) 341 (92.9)
Bought by Own 25 (6.8) 26 (7.1) 225 (61.3) 26 (7.1)
Total 367 (100) 367 (100) 367 (100) 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
143
The above table 4.36 explains the availability of assets in the households of tribal
communities. As far as mixer is concerned, little more than three-fifth (62.9 per cent)
of the houses have received Mixer from the Government, 30.2 per cent of the houses
have not received mixer from the government and only 6.8 per cent have bought it on
their own. As far as the Grinder is concerned, out of the total houses, five-eighth (63.8
per cent) of the houses have received wet grinder from the government, 29.2 percent do
not have wet grinder in their houses and only 7.1 per cent have bought wet grinder on
their own. Out of the total households, little more than three-fifth (61.3 per cent) of the
houses have bought table fan on their own and only slightly less than one-third (31.9
per cent) of the houses do not own fan and only 6.8 per cent have received table fan
from the Government. Out of the total houses, little more than nine-tenth (92.9 per cent)
of the houses did not own refrigerator and only 7.1 per cent have bought refrigerator on
their own.
4.1.39. Livestock and Its Usage
Table 4.37 - Availability of Livestock and Its Usage in the House
Livestock Frequency Usage Frequency
No 324 (88.3) Not Applicable 324 (88.3)
Yes 43 (11.7) For Sale 21 (5.7)
For Family Needs 22 (6.0)
Total 367 (100) Total 367 (100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
The above table 4.37 explains the availability of livestock in the houses of tribal
communities. Out of the total houses, little less than nine-tenth (88.3 per cent) of the
houses do not have any livestock and only little more than one-tenth (11.7 per cent) of
the houses have livestock of which 6 per cent are being used for family needs and 5.7
per cent are for selling. The livestock which the tribal families possess are very minimal
in numbers. They are pigs and milch animals.
144
4.2. Livelihood, Technical Skills and Indebtedness among Tribal Communities
This section deals with the livelihood pattern of the tribal families, possession of
technical or specialised skills by the respondents for venturing into small scale business
and prevalence of indebtedness among the households of tribal communities.
4.2.1. Traditional Occupation of the Family
Table 4.38 - Traditional Occupation of the Tribal Family
Traditional Occupation Frequency Per cent
Hunting animals and birds 142 38.7
Snake catching 88 24.0
Basket making 62 16.9
Road related works 54 14.7
Pig rearing 18 4.9
Dolls & Mat: Making and Selling 3 0.8
Total 367 100
The above table 4.38 explains the traditional occupation of the respondents as well as
their family. Out of the total respondents, little more than three-eighth (38.7 per cent)
of the families have practiced hunting animals and birds, less than one-fifth (24 per
cent) have practiced snake catching as their traditional occupation, One-sixth (16.9 per
cent) of the families have practiced basket making as their traditional occupation, 14.7
per cent have practiced road construction and digging works, 4.9 per cent have practiced
pig rearing and 0.8 percent have practiced making and selling of dolls and mats as their
traditional occupation. The respondents were unaware of the fact owing to their
illiteracy that hunting of animals and birds are against the court of law and would invite
legal sanctions.
145
4.2.2. Present Occupation of the Tribal Family
Table 4.39 - Present Occupation of the Tribal Families for Livelihood
Present Day Occupation Frequency Per cent
Agriculture labourers 323 88.0
Selling aluminium utensils 17 4.6
Blue Liquid & Phenol -
(Making and Selling) 9 2.5
Pig rearing 7 1.9
Driving vehicles 4 1.1
Company labour 3 0.8
Basket making 2 0.5
Fish vending 1 0.3
Government job 1 0.3
Total 367 100
The above table 4.39 explains the present occupation of the respondents and their
family members for their livelihood. Out of the total respondents, majority (88 per cent)
of the respondents and their family members are agricultural labourers, 4.6 per cent are
selling aluminium utensils for their livelihood, 2.5 per cent are making and selling blue
liquid, phenol and ala, only 1.9 percent are even now practicing pig rearing, 1.1 percent
are drivers for private vehicles, 0.8 per cent are employed as labourer in private
companies, 0.5 per cent are practicing basket making and 0.3 per cent are employed in
Government on contractual basis.
146
4.2.3. Reasons for Occupational Change
Table 4.40 - Reasons for Occupational Change from Traditional to Present
Reasons for Occupational Change Frequency Per cent
No Market and Insufficient Income 297 80.9
Government Banned 61 16.6
No Change in Occupation 9 2.5
Total 367 100
The above table 4.40 explains the reasons for change from traditional to modern day
occupation. Out of the total respondents, four-fifth (80.9 per cent) have reported that
non-availability of market to their traditional products and insufficient income has made
them to change their traditional occupation to modern day occupation. One-sixth (16.6
percent) of the respondents have reported that Government have banned them from
performing their traditional occupation and hence they have adopted to modern day
occupation for their sustenance. Only 2.5 per cent of the respondents still perform their
traditional occupation.
147
4.2.4. Possession of Technical Skill by the Respondents
Table 4.41 - Possession of Technical / Special Skill for Starting Micro Level
Business
Skill
Fields of Special Skill
Total
No T
ech
nic
al
Sk
ills
Org
an
isin
g P
eop
le
Ru
nn
ing F
ruit
Sh
op
Fis
h V
end
ing
Dri
vin
g
Cra
cker
s M
ak
ing
Mob
ile
Ser
vic
e
Ph
enol
an
d B
lue-
Liq
uid
Pre
para
tion
Ute
nsi
ls -
Bu
yin
g
an
d S
elli
ng
Yes - 2
(0.5)
2
(0.5)
1
(0.3)
6
(1.6)
2
(0.5)
1
(0.3)
7
(1.9)
14
(3.8)
35
(9.5)
No 332
(90.5) - - - - - - - -
332
(90.5)
Total 332
(90.5)
2
(0.5)
2
(0.5)
1
(0.3)
6
(1.6)
2
(0.5)
1
(0.3)
7
(1.9)
14
(3.8)
367
(100)
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
The above table 4.41 shows the respondents’ possession of technical or special skill for
starting a business at small scale. Out of the total respondents, nine-tenth (90.5 per cent)
of the respondents have reported that they do not have any type of special or technical
skill for starting any business. Remaining one-tenth (9.5 per cent) only have some sort
of technical or special skills such as Organising people for work (0.5 per cent), running
a fruit shop (0.5 per cent), fish vending (0.3 per cent), driving vehicles (1.6 per cent),
crackers making (0.5 per cent), mobile service (0.3 percent), preparation and selling of
phenol and blue liquid (1.9 per cent) and buying and selling of aluminium utensils (3.8
per cent).
148
4.2.5. Indebtedness Status
The problem of indebtedness among tribal is not only an indicator of their poverty but
also reflects wider economic malaise such as lack of education, low purchasing /
bargaining power and lack of resources for engaging in gainful activity and meeting
emergency expenditure.
Table 4.42 - Indebtedness Status of the Households
Debt Frequency Per cent
Yes 174 47.4
No 193 52.6
Total 367 100
The above table 4.42 explains the indebtedness status of the respondents and their
families in the intended study area. Out of the total respondents, nearly half of the
respondents (47.4 per cent) have obtained loan and remaining 52.6 percent do not have
indebtedness.
149
4.2.6. Debt Amount of the Family
Table 4.43 - Actual Debt Amount of the Households
Amount (in Rs) Frequency Per cent
50,001 – 1,00,000 53 30.5
20,001 – 50,000 43 24.7
1,00,001 – 2,00,000 19 10.9
2,00,001 – 4,00,000 17 9.8
1,001 – 5,000 13 7.5
10,001 – 20,000 11 6.3
5,001 – 10,000 11 6.3
4,00,001 – 6,00,000 3 1.7
Below 500 3 1.7
6,00,001 – 8,00,000 1 0.6
Total 174 100
Note: This table is formed excluding 193 respondents who do not have
debt.
The above table 4.43 explains the actual amount that the respondents and their families’
indebtedness in the intended study area. Out of the total respondents who have
indebtedness, 30.5 per cent have debt from Rs.50,001 to 1,00,000. Slightly less than
one-fourth (24.7 per cent) have debt from Rs. 20,001 to 50,000. Slightly more than one-
tenth (10.7 per cent) have debt from Rs.1,00,001 to 2,00,000 and slightly less than one-
tenth (9.8) have debt from Rs. 2,00,001 – 4,00,000. and less than one (0.6 per cent)
have debt from Rs. 6,00,001 to 8,00,000.
150
4.2.7. Reasons for the indebtedness
Various important reasons, as per the respondents view, are furnished below for
availing the loan from various sources.
Table: 4.44 - Reasons for the indebtedness in the Tribal Family
Reasons Frequency Per cent
Family Expenses 52 29.9
Family Function Expenses 37 21.3
Business 24 13.8
House Construction 19 10.9
Children Education Expenses 16 9.2
Medical Emergency 15 8.6
Personal Expenses 6 3.4
To buy Vehicles 5 2.9
Total 174 100
Note: This table is formed excluding 193 respondents who did not have debt
The above table 4.44 explains the reason for the indebtedness of the respondents and
their families in the study area. Out of the total respondents who have indebtedness,
29.9 per cent of the respondents have obtained the loan for meeting out their daily
family expenses, little more than one-fifth (21.3 per cent) have obtained loan for
conducting and spending to family functions, slightly more than one-eighth (13.8 per
cent) have indebtedness for starting their own business at small scale, one-tenth (10.9
per cent) have indebtedness for house construction, slightly less than one-tenth (9.2 per
cent) have indebtness for meeting out their children’s educational needs, 8.6 percent
have indebtedness for their family members’ medical emergencies, 3.4 per cent have
indebtedness for their personal expenses and nearly 3 percent (2.9 per cent) have
indebtedness to buy vehicles.
151
4.2.8. Sources of Availing Loan
This table discusses about the respondents’ reliable sources for availing the loan.
Table 4.45 - Sources of Availing Loan
Sources of Loan Frequency Per cent
Money Lenders 96 55.2
Relatives 60 34.5
Neighbourhood 10 5.7
SHG 8 4.6
Total 174 100
Note: This table is formed excluding 193 respondents who do
not have debt
The above table 4.45 explains the sources of loan to the respondents and their families
in the study area. Out of the total respondents who availed loan, little more than half
(55.2 per cent) of the respondents have obtained loan from money lenders, little more
than one-third (34.5 per cent) have obtained loan from their relatives, 5.7 per cent have
obtained loan from neighbourhoods who are neither money lenders nor relatives and
4.6 per cent have obtained loan from Self Help Groups.
152
4.2.9. Availing Loan by Mortgaging
In the financial sector, it is common and became mandatory that when an individual
avails loan, he or she has to mortgage the belongingness. Here the economic condition
of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities push them for mortgaging their belongings for
availing loan from various sources.
Table 4.46 - Respondents who availed loan by mortgaging their Belongings
Mortgaging Frequency Belongings Frequency
No 140 (80.5) Not Applicable -
Yes 34 (19.5)
Jewels 25 (73.8)
Vehicles 4 (11.8)
Compensated Work 4 (11.8)
Other Belongings 1 (2.9)
Total* 174 (100)* Total** 34 (100)**
Note: * The data are calculated excluding 193 respondents who do not have
indebtedness
Note: ** The data are calculated excluding 34 respondents who availed loan but not
mortgaged their belongings
Note: Percentage is given in Parenthesis
The above table 4.46 explains the mortgaging status of the respondents and their
families while availing loans from various sources. Out of the total respondents who
have availed loan, four-fifth (80.5 per cent) of the respondents and their families did
not mortgage but availed loan and one-fifth (19.5 per cent) have mortgaged their
belongings for availing loan.
As far as mortgaging the belongings for availing loan are concerned, it is found out that
little less than three-fourth (73.5 per cent) of the respondents, who availed loan, have
mortgaged their jewellery. Slightly higher than one-tenth (11.8 per cent) each have
mortgaged their vehicles and done compensatory work respectively for availing loan
and 2.9 percent have mortgaged other belongings for availing loan.
153
4.3. Health and Sanitation
Health and sanitation is used in this study as one of the dimensions of describing social
exclusion.
4.3.1. Solid Waste Management in the Households
This table discusses about how the households practice waste management. It is most
important because while the respondents do not have sufficient dwelling houses, the
secured practice of solid waste management of households is questionable.
Table 4.47 - Waste Management Pattern
Disposal of Wastages Frequency Per cent
Open Places 279 76.0
Nearby Canal - River –
Drainage 80 21.8
Municipality Dust Bin 8 2.2
Total 367 100
The above table 4.47 explains the waste management pattern which the tribal
communities practice in the study area. Out of the total households interviewed, little
more than three-fourth (76 per cent) of the houses threw their household waste in the
open places and little more than one-fifth (21.8 per cent) of the houses threw their
household waste in the canal and drainage. Only 2.2 per cent of the houses threw their
household waste in the municipality dust bin which is placed nearby their houses.
154
4.3.2. Consumption of One Square Meal in a Day
To lead a healthy living, one must consume or take nutritious meals three times per day.
When the respondents are unable to consume meals sufficiently, a detailed study needs
to be carried out meticulously.
Figure 4.6 - Consumption of Three Times Meal per Day
The above figure 4.6 explains the consumption of meal three times in a day by the
respondents. The study has reported that out of the total respondents, little more than
half (57.8 per cent) of the respondents consume food three times in a day and little more
than two-fifth (42.2 per cent) of the respondents do not consume food three times in a
day owing to inadequate family income.
58%42%
Consumption of Three Times Meal per Day by the Respondents
Yes No
155
4.3.3. Sufferings from sickness
The table 4.48 explains the sufferings of the respondents from sickness during the data
collection period.
Table 4.48 - Respondents based on sufferings from sickness
Suffering from Sickness Frequency Per cent
No 271 73.8
Yes 96 26.2
Total 367 100
From this study, it is found out that little lower than three-fourth (73.8 per cent) of the
respondents do not suffering from any type of sickness and little more than one-fourth
(26.2 per cent) of the respondents are suffering from any type of sickness
156
4.3.4. Type of Sickness
When the respondents are unable to consume food adequately, they are prone to be
affected by many diseases.
Table 4.49 - Type of Sickness
Sickness Frequency Per cent
Chronic Body Pain 33 34.4
Wheezing Problem 14 14.6
Frequent Fever 12 12.5
Diabetes 12 12.5
Low Eye Sight 6 6.3
Frequent Headache 6 6.3
Backbone Fracture 5 5.2
Stomach Pain 4 4.2
Blood Cancer 1 1.0
Filariasis 1 1.0
Anaemia 1 1.0
Tuberculosis 1 1.0
Total 96 100
Note: This table is formed excluding 271 respondents who have
not suffered from any sickness
The above table 4.49 shows the type of sickness suffered by the respondents. Out of the
total respondents, little more than one-third (34.4 per cent) of the respondents have been
suffering from Chronic Body Pain, slightly more than one-seventh (14.6 per cent) of
the respondents have been suffering from wheezing problem. One-eighth each (12.5
per cent) have been suffering from frequent fever and diabetes and one per cent each of
the respondents have been suffering from blood cancer, filariasis, anaemia and
tuberculosis respectively.
157
4.3.5. Mode of Medication
Medication is common phenomenon when a person suffers by any sickness. The
following table depicts the most predominant health care institution which the
respondents relied upon for their medication.
Table 4.50 - Mode of Medication
Mode of Medication Frequency Per cent
Visiting nearby PHC 219 59.7
Government Hospital 133 36.2
Visiting nearby Private Hospital & Clinic 10 2.7
Not Taking Medicine 2 0.5
Self-medication 2 0.5
Traditional Medicine 1 0.3
Total 367 100
The above table 4.50 shows the mode of medication of the respondents in case of any
sickness suffered. Out of the total respondents, slightly less than three-fifth (59.7 per
cent) of the respondents have reported that they predominantly depend upon the nearby
primary health centres for their medication and little more than one-third (36.2 per cent)
have went to Government hospitals for medication. Only 2.7 per cent of the respondents
mostly visit private hospitals and clinics for the medication, 0.5 per cent each of the
respondents reported that they either do not take medicine or take self-medication for
their sickness. Only 0.3 per cent of the respondents still prefer to take their traditional
medicine in case of any sickness.
158
4.3.6. Health Care Workers Visit
Health care workers orient the common people about the diseases and maintenance of
hygienic living environment. Periodic visit of the health care workers will help the
inmates of the villages to maintain health and hygiene. Subsequently healthy
environment could be possible.
Table 4.51 - Health Care Workers Visit to the Locality
Nurse Visit Frequency Per cent
No 190 51.8
Yes 177 48.2
Total 367 100
The above table 4.51 describes the visiting of healthcare workers or Ancillary Nurse
Midwifery (ANMs) to the settlement tribal communities. Out of the total respondents,
little more than half (51.8 per cent) of the respondents reported that Nurses or ANMs
do not visit either their houses or settlements for any health care or sanitation related
issues and little less than half (48.2 per cent) of the respondents reported that health
care workers and ANMs do visit to their houses or settlements only for vaccination to
their children such as polio drops and vaccination.
159
4.4. Awareness and Availing Welfare Schemes
Welfare schemes offer financial support to the eligible individuals or groups who are
in need and cannot support themselves. Accessibility of welfare schemes are considered
as one of the indicators of measuring social exclusion.
4.4.1. Respondents Availing Welfare Schemes
Table 4.52 - Availing of Welfare Schemes by the Respondents
Welfare Schemes Frequency Per cent
Old Age Pension 47 45.6
Widow Pension 27 26.2
Eligible but not availed 20 19.4
Differently-abled Pension 9 8.8
Total 103 100
The above table 4.52 explains the accessibility of welfare schemes by the respondents.
Out of the total respondents who avail welfare schemes, little more than four-ninth (45.6
per cent) of the respondents avail old age pension, little more than one-fourth (26.2 per
cent) of the respondents avail widow pension, slightly less than one-fifth (19.4 per cent)
of the respondents are eligible to avail any of the above welfare schemes but not availed
and below nine (8.8) percent of the respondents avail differently-abled pension.
160
4.4.2. Children Going to Anganwadi
Anganwadi is a child care centre where the children below 6 years of age get socialized
with other children in the same age group. Here all the children are provided with
nutritious food and are being nurtured in order to combat hunger and malnutrition.
Anganwadi in this study is one of the social services available to the children of the
respondents.
Table 4.53 - Tribal Households Sending Children to Anganwadi
Children in Anganwadi Frequency Per cent
No 69 68.3
Yes 32 31.7
Total 101 100
Note: This table is formed excluding 266 households as they do not have
children in the age group (3 to 5 years) to send to Anganwadi
The above table 4.53 explains the status of children who are going to Anganwadi in the
study area. Out of the total households which send their children to the anganwadi, little
less than seven-tenth (68.3 per cent) of the respondents reported that they did not send
their wards to anganwadi and slightly less than one-third (31.7 per cent) of the
respondents send their wards to the anganwadi.
The reasons such as discriminatory practices of the anganwadi officials towards
children of tribal communities, apprehension of the parents towards the treatment of
children in the anganwadi and unaware of the importance of the anganwadi that the
respondents reported for not sending the children to the anganwadi.
161
4.4.3. Employment under MGNREG Scheme
Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Scheme assures a minimum income by
providing employment opportunity to the economically poor people. So, in this case, if
the tribal communities avail this provision, the minimum income could be assured.
Hence this variable is taken for the study.
Table 4.54 - Availing Employment under MGNREG Scheme
MGNREG Scheme Frequency Per cent
Name Not Enrolled 127 58.8
Name Enrolled But Not Invited 58 26.8
Yes 31 14.4
Total 216 100
Note: The table is formed excluding 151 respondents who are residing in urban
areas and hence ineligible for availing job under MGNREG Scheme
The above table 4.54 explains the accessibility of Mahatma Gandhi National Rural
Employment Guarantee Scheme for getting meaningful employment. Out of the total
respondents who are eligible to get employment under MGNREG scheme, little less
than three-fifth (58.8 per cent) of the respondents have not enrolled their names in the
commune office under this scheme. Slightly more than one-fourth (26.8 per cent) of the
respondents said that they have enrolled their name to get employment but so far have
not been invited. One-seventh (14.4 per cent) of the respondents only have availed job
under MGNERG scheme.
162
4.4.4. Awareness on One percent Reservation
This following information is taken up with a view to know about the awareness of
respondents towards One per cent reservation given by the Puducherry Government to
the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities. Having analyzed the condition of the Non-
Scheduled Tribal Communities in Puducherry Union Territory, the administration
decided and accorded One per cent reservation in order to empower the tribal
communities on par with mainstream society. Therefore, such provision would be
meaningful only when the tribal communities get to know about the reservation and
availing the same for their development.
Table 4.55 - Awareness on One percent Reservation
One Per cent Reservation Frequency Per cent
No, I am not aware 339 92.4
Yes, I am aware 28 7.6
Total 367 100
The above table 4.55 explains the distribution of respondents based on their awareness
on one per cent reservation which was extended to Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities
in admission to educational institutions and employment. Out of the total respondents,
little more than nine-tenth (92.4 per cent) of the respondents said that they were
unaware of the one reservation accorded by the Puducherry Union Territory
Government and only 7.6 per cent of the respondents were aware of the one percent
reservation.
163
4.4.5. Admission in Educational Institution through One Percent Reservation
The following table discusses about the fields of education which the wards of the
respondents availed through one per cent reservation accorded by the Government of
Puducherry for the socio-economic development of Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities.
Table 4.56 - Admission in Education Institution through One Percent
Reservation for Wards of Respondents
Availed Fields of One per cent
Reservation by Wards Frequency Per cent
Not availed 359 97.9
Education: Arts & Science Colleges 6 1.6
Education: Medical & Professional Course 2 0.5
Total 367 100
The above table 4.56 explains the distribution of respondents who got admission in the
educational institution for their wards and the courses of admission availed through one
percent reservation. Majority (97.9 per cent) of the respondents’ children have not
availed the one per cent reservation in admission in educational institutions and only
2.1 per cent of the respondents’ children have availed admission in educational
institutions through one per cent reservation of which 1.6 per cent children have been
enrolled in College and University and pursuing course such as Arts, Science and
Engineering respectively and 0.5 per cent children have availed admission in Medical
Colleges and pursuing MBBS degree.
164
4.4.6. Admission of Children under Right to Education (RTE) Provision
The table 4.57 explains the status of awareness of respondents and availability of
admission for their wards in private schools under right to education provisions.
Table 4.57 - Utilisation of RTE Scheme and Enrolment of Children in Private
Schools
Awareness and Utilisation of RTE Frequency Per cent
I am unaware of RTE, No admission sought in
Private School 187 93.0
I am aware but not enrolled children under RTE 12 6.0
I am aware but refused admission 2 1.0
Total 201 100
Note: The table is formed excluding 166 households as they do not have eligible
children in the schooling age to avail admission in private schools under RTE Act 2009.
Out of the total respondents, more than nine-tenth (93.0 per cent) of the respondents are
unaware of Right to Education, so they did not seek admission in private schools under
Right to Education for their children. Remaining seven per cent of the respondents are
aware of Right to Education but 6 per cent have not enrolled their children in private
school and one per cent of the respondents said they have sought admission in private
school under Right to Education provisions but got refused by the school
administration.
165
4.4.7. House Construction under Government Scheme
The following table shows about the assistance received by the respondents from
various sources for constructing their dwelling houses.
Table 4.58 - Construction of Houses under Government Schemes
House Construction Frequency Per cent
Constructed by own 340 92.6
Constructed by NGO - (Samugam) 27 7.4
Total 367 100
The above table 4.58 explains the construction of houses under Government schemes.
Out of the total houses, little more than nine-tenth 92.6 per cent of the houses have been
constructed either by the respondents or by their family members themselves. Less than
eight (7.4) percent of the houses have been constructed by one non-government
organisation named Samugam. In this regard, the Government did not support the tribal
communities for constructing their houses.
166
4.5. Hypotheses Testing
Hypotheses testing has been carried out to find out the association between categorical
variables in this research using the Chi-Square Test. The variables such as educational
status with respect to availability of community certificate, possession of technical skill
for starting small scale business to earn money to meet out their households expenses
and awareness on one per cent reservation among the family members. In addition, chi-
square test have also been carried out between land ownership and the prevalence of
indebtedness, and non-consumption of food three times per day and falling sick.
4.5.1. Chi-Square Test between Availability of Community Certificate and
Educational Status
Null Hypothesis (H0): There is no association between Educational Status of the Non-
Scheduled Tribes and the Availability of Community Certificate.
Research Hypothesis (H1): There is an association between Educational Status of the
Non-Scheduled Tribes and the Availability of Community Certificate.
Table 4.59 - Availability of Community Certificate and Educational Status
Community
Certificate
Educational Status
Total Chi-
Square df
p-
Value Never Been to
School Dropout
Yes 8 (2.2) 12 (3.2) 20 (5.4)
9.743 1 .002 No 252 (68.6) 95 (26.0) 347 (94.6)
Total 260 (70.8) 107 (29.2) 367 (100)
The Chi-Square Test was performed to analyse the association between availability of
community certificate and the educational status of the Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities in the study area. The association between these two variables is
significance, 2 (df - 1, N=367) = 9.743, p<0.05. The result found that there is an
association between availability of community certificate and educational status of
Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities i.e. Research Hypothesis (H1) is accepted and the
Null Hypothesis (H0) is rejected.
167
Cramer’s V test shows that there is a moderate association between these two variables
(Cramer’s V value is 0.163). (Healy, 2012)
Most of the Non-Scheduled Tribal Community respondents did not go to school and
hence remained illiterate. Only some of them have attended schooling and in the later
stage, but they have dropped out of the school mainly because of non-availability of
Community Certificate. In this regard, the respondents reported that School
administration has demanded the submission of community certificate for their
continuation of schooling which the respondents have failed to do so as they did not
possess Community Certificate. So if they were issued Community Certificate properly
by the Government, it would have been for them to have good educational status.
4.5.2. Chi-Square Test between Educational Status and possession of Technical
Skills for venturing into a business
Null Hypothesis (H0): There is no association between Educational Status of the
respondents from Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities and possession of Technical
Skills to start their own business
Research Hypothesis (H1): There is an association between Educational Status of the
respondents from Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities and possession of Technical
Skills to start their own business
Table 4.60 - Educational Status and Possession of Technical Skills to start a
Business
Technical
Skills
Educational Status
Total Chi-
Square df p-Value Never Been to
School Drop Out
Yes 22 (6.0) 13 (3.5) 35 (9.5)
1.195 1 0.328 No 238 (64.8) 94 (25.7) 332 (90.5)
Total 260 (70.8) 107 (29.2) 367 (100)
The Chi-Square Test was performed to find out the association between Educational
Status of the respondents of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities and possession of
Technical Skills for starting a new business on their own. The association between these
168
two variables have no significance 2 (df – 1, N=367) = 1.195, p>0.05. The result found
that there is no association between the educational status and possession of technical
skill for starting a new business. Therefore, the Null Hypothesis (H0) is accepted and
the Research Hypothesis (H1) is rejected.
Most of the respondents, though they are illiterates, have acquired technical skills on
semi-skilled jobs like Crackers Making, Running Fast Food Shop and Fruit Shops.
Moreover some have technical skills and exposure in the fields of Driving the Vehicles
and Mobile Servicing.
4.5.3. Chi-Square Test between Land Ownership and Indebtedness in the
households of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities
Null Hypothesis (H0): There is no association between Indebtedness of the Households
of the Non-Scheduled Tribes and their Ownership of Land.
Research Hypothesis (H1): There is an association between Indebtedness of the
Households of the Non-Scheduled Tribes and their Ownership of Land.
Table 4.61 - Land Ownership and Indebtedness in the Family
Land
Ownership
Indebtedness in the Family
Total Chi
Square Df p-Value
Yes No
Yes 3 (0.9) 13 (3.5) 16 (4.4)
5.512 1 0.019 No 171 (46.6) 180 (49.1) 351 (95.6)
Total 174 (47.4) 193 (52.6) 367 (100)
The Chi-Square Test was performed to examine the association between the land
ownership and their Indebtedness of the households of Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities in the study area. The association between these two variables are
significance, 2 (df - 1, N=367) = 5.512, p>.05. The result found that there is an
association between the Land Ownership and Indebtedness of the households and hence
Research Hypothesis (H1) is accepted and Null Hypothesis (H0) is rejected.
Cramer’s V test shows that there is a moderate association between these two variables
(Cramer’s V value is 0.123) (Healy, 2012).
169
Most of the households have availed loan from other sources even though they did not
have land ownership. In majority of the cases, for availing loan, they did not mortgage
their land. The test result shows that having land is not a source for loan and
indebtedness.
4.5.4. Chi-Square Test between Educational Status and Awareness on One Per
cent Reservation extended for Development
Null Hypothesis (H0): There is no association between educational status of the non-
scheduled tribes and their awareness on one per cent reservation
Research Hypothesis (H1): There is an association between educational status of the
non-scheduled tribes and their awareness on one per cent reservation
Table 4.62 - Educational Status of the Respondents and Awareness on One Per
cent Reservation for Development
Educational
Status
Awareness on One
Per cent Reservation
Total Chi
Square df
p-
Value
Aware Not
Aware
Never been to
School 13 (3.5) 247 (67.3) 260 (70.8)
8.749 1 0.03 Drop Out 15 (4.1) 92 (25.1) 107 (29.2)
Total 28 (7.6) 339 (92.4) 367 (100)
The Chi-Square Test was performed to know the association between the educational
status of the respondents and the awareness on One per cent reservation extended for
the development of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in Puducherry Union
Territory. The association between these two variables is significance, 2 (df - 1,
N=367) = 8.749, p<0.05. The result found that there is an association between
educational status and awareness on One per cent reservation. Therefore, Research
Hypothesis (H1) is accepted and the Null Hypothesis (H0) is rejected.
170
Cramer’s V test shows that there is a moderate association between these two variables
(Cramer’s V value is 0.154) (Healy, 2012).
Majority of the respondents in the study area are illiterates which resulted them of not
knowing the One per cent reservation benefit offered to them by the Government for
the development of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities. Therefore, literacy and
education play a major role in the awareness of One per cent reservation and welfare
schemes and thereby availing the same for their over-all development.
4.5.5. Chi-Square Test between Consuming Meals Three Times per Day and
Suffering from Sickness
Null Hypothesis (H0): Failure to take food three times per day and falling sick has no
association.
Research Hypothesis (H1): Failure to take food three times per day and falling sick has
an association
Table 4.63 – Consumption Meals Three Times per Day and Suffering from
Sickness
Meals 3 Times
Per Day
Suffering from
Sickness
Total Chi-
Square
df
p-Value
Yes No
Yes 45 (12.3) 167 (45.5) 212 (57.8)
6.320 1 .012 No 51 (13.9) 104 (28.3) 155 (42.2)
Total 96 (26.2) 271 (73.8) 367 (100)
The Chi-Square Test was performed to know the association between three times meals
intake and suffering from sickness among the respondents from Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities. The association between these two variables shows there is a
significance, 2 (df - 1, N=367) = 6.320, p<0.05. The result found that there is an
association between taking meals three times per day and suffering from sickness.
Therefore, Research Hypothesis (H1) is accepted and the Null Hypothesis (H0) is
rejected.
171
Cramer’s V test shows that there is a moderate association between these two variables
(Cramer’s V value is 0.131) (Healy, 2012).
The study implies that if the respondents failed to take meals three times per day, there
is a chance for suffering from sickness. Therefore, the respondents should look after
their health cautiously by taking nutritious meals three times a day without fail.
4.6. Discussion on Dimensions of Social Exclusion Experienced by the Non-
Scheduled Tribal Communities
Social exclusion is the condition or process in which either an individual; group or
community experience multiple deprivations in myriad aspects. In this section, different
forms of social exclusion experienced by the non-scheduled tribal communities are
explained.
4.6.1. Political Exclusion and Lack of Identity Documents
The right to possess Citizenship leads to have other additional rights viz. having
Government issued authentic Identity Documents such as Family Identity Card,
Community Certificate, Aadhaar Card and Voter Identity Card. With respect to these
Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities, their identity and existence were not recognised
since Puducherry Union Territory merged with India through de facto transfer
(01.11.1954) and even after de jure process in the year 1963 from where Puducherry
Union Territory officially became integral part of India. Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities are legally approved only on 12.04.2010 by the Puducherry Government
Order. Until then, they were not even considered as human being and their appropriate
rights were not granted. Such deprivation of citizenship, since the merger of Puducherry
Regions (1963) with the Republic of India has severely affected the living condition of
so-called tribal communities by not having a proper land (n=249, 67.8 per cent), which
is a great concern that administrators has to look on, to settle in particular place and to
show their place of permanent residence in the country. Only after the recognition and
having seen their miserable living condition, government has allotted land to settle only
to 95 respondents (25.9 per cent). Owing to the lack of permanent residence, 79 per
cent of the households (n=290) do not have Family Identity Cards without which
accessing of any welfare scheme is impossible in the welfare oriented state. Nearly
Ninety Five (94.6) per cent of the respondents (n=347) still could not get their
172
Community Certificate which is a source for availing One per cent reservation in
employment and education in Puducherry.
4.6.2. Housing Condition and Material Deprivation
This study examines the housing conditions and related living amenities for the Non-
Scheduled Tribal Communities and present quantitative estimates based on the data
collected from the respondents of the study area.
One of the important indicators to measure the socio-economic development of any
country is the housing condition of its people. Inadequate and inappropriate housing is
a manifestation of deprivation and thereby exclusion. Hence, Socio-economic
development is important both as a factor in enhancing human development that would
not only contribute to enhancing productivity and efficiency but also enhance social
dignity. Housing is one of the basic needs of every individual besides providing shelter
and security, it also enables easy access to the credit market by working as collateral
comfort / security (NSS Report 489, 2002). This deliberately shows the apathy of the
government towards the improvement of housing condition of the tribal communities.
The deprivation of adequate land with title deeds in the name of head of the households
which accounts only for 49 per cent in this study. No houses are built with the financial
assistance provided by the Government. Here the intervention of non-governmental
organisation is reported at minimal level (7.4 per cent) by assisting in construction of
houses.
In this respect, the condition of houses, assets and amenities are assessed based on the
data from the study. It is observed from the study that little less than three-fourth (74
per cent) of the houses (n=271) are in dilapidated condition which has been built with
ordinary mud floor, coconut thatching wall and roof, hence the housing condition is
worst to live. While comparing the housing condition with all India statistics, only 6.25
per cent of the Scheduled Tribes’ houses are in dilapidated condition and 5.35 per cent
are other social group population’s houses. The Scheduled Tribes live in the houses
which are good in condition accounts for 40.62 per cent whereas in Puducherry, the
tribal people’s houses accounts only 3.3 per cent (Tribal Affairs, 2014). This situation
marks a great difference in the housing condition of tribal communities and shows the
deplorable condition of the tribal communities in Puducherry.
173
Another aspect of social exclusion is the material deprivation which represents the
living condition of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities. In such conditions, 90.2 per
cent (n=331) of the households do not have toilet facility and 72.5 percent are using
common tap as a source for drinking water. Nearly four-fifth (79.3 per cent) are using
combination of agricultural residuals and kerosene as fuel for cooking. In this regard,
94.8 per cent of the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities’ households are deprived of
independent room for cooking which denotes that the members of those households
share their common dwelling room even their for preparing their food. This condition
implies that majority of the households are with one or two rooms
Having livestock is one among the assets of any households, which accounts only 11
per cent in this study. Overall in this study, the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities’
households are deprived of material possession.
4.6.3. Access to Government Welfare Schemes
Even though seven years have passed after the recognition of these tribal communities,
none of the respondents has availed the schemes pertaining to construction of houses
either under Centrally Sponsored Schemes - Indira Awas Yojana and Rajiv Awas
Yojana or State-run scheme – Perunthalaivar Kamarajar Housing Scheme for Houseless
Poor. This is due to lack of various Government identity documents and the non-
availability of legally-owned permanent land. Moreover, still 92.4 per cent (n=339) of
the respondents are unaware the ‘One Per cent Reservation’ which was extended for
availing educational and employment opportunities which could assist the upliftment
of the socio-economic status of the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities. In addition,
91.6 per cent (n=336) of the respondents have not get employment opportunity from
Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme which is the need of
the hour to improve their economic condition in providing employment to the needy
people. Social exclusion in this sense could be defined in terms of either exclusion from
the labour market or exclusion from secure paid employment (Morris, 1995)
4.6.4. Education and Social Exclusion
The disadvantaged populations are more vulnerable and exposed to problem of social
exclusion due to various factors one among them is education. Owing to the lack of
education, groups or individuals are exploited and are excluded from the mainstream
174
society, hence human resources of that groups are minimized. Education is a means to
overcome social exclusion of disadvantaged groups and it is a tool to reduce inequalities
in the society, resulting in socio-economic change. Literacy is a key element of
capability because it gives access to education and the qualifications system on which
future effectiveness in the labour market and adult life more generally will depend
(Erigala, 2012).
175
CHAPTER – 5
MAJOR FINDINGS AND SUGGESTIONS
5.1. Findings
The findings of the research study are presented in accordance with the enunciated
objectives.
5.1.1. Social and Demographic Status of the Respondents belonging to Non-
Scheduled Tribal Community
Little more than half (53.4 per cent) of the respondents are female and remaining
little less than half (46.6 per cent) of the respondents are male.
Among the tribal community’s participation in the study, even though all the
tribal communities are taken into account, majority 40.6 per cent of the
respondents belong to Irular tribal community and the least (1.9 per cent) of the
respondents belong to Yerukkula tribal community. It reflects the tribal
population strength in the district i.e. the number of Irular Tribal Community is
high and the Yerukkula Tribal Community is very low.
As far the age group of the respondents are concerned, majority 30.2 per cent
belonging to 26 – 45 years of age and 6.3 per cent belong to 66 – 75 years of
age.
The educational status of the respondents irrespective of all the five tribal
communities has recorded that seven-tenth (70.8 per cent) had never been to
school and remaining 29.2 per cent are dropped out of school owing to various
socio-economic reasons.
Among the dropouts, slightly more than three-fifth (61.7 per cent) of the
respondents have dropped out in their primary school itself and only less than
one per cent of the respondent has reached up to college level education.
While inquiring the reasons for their illiteracy and dropout, little more than
three-seventh (43.6 per cent) have reported that lack of community certificate
has barred them from schooling and made them illiterates and dropouts. Apart
from this, little more than half (52.6 per cent) of the respondents’ family
situations such as economic problem, being looked after the family chore and
176
frequent migration of the family members have also caused the respondents not
to attend school.
Little less than one-seventh (13.9 per cent) of the respondents’ spouse died and
less than one (0.8) per cent of the female respondents were deserted by their
husbands.
5.1.1.1. Information about the Family Members
The total family members represent equal sex ratio (49.9 per cent female and
50.1 per cent male) in the study area.
Little more than two-fifth (41.0 per cent) of the family members never attended
school and slightly less than one-fourth (24.6 per cent) of the family members
are dropped out of the school.
Three-tenth each (30.8 per cent and 29.9 per cent) of the family members have
dropped out of the school in the primary and middle school standard
respectively and less than one (0.8) per cent of the family members have
dropped out in their technical courses such as Nursing and Polytechnic courses.
During the data collection period, little more than two-fifth (41.5 per cent) of
the children were studying in their primary education and less than two (1.7)
per cent of the children were pursuing technical and professional courses.
Seven-tenth (71.7 per cent) of the family members were agricultural labourers
and only 0.2 per cent of the family members are working as contract labourer in
Government departments.
There are 0.9 per cent persons with disabilities reported in the study area.
More than nine-tenth (91.4 per cent) of the family members did not possess
Community Certificate, only 7.9 per cent of the family members did not possess
Voter Identity Card.
5.1.1.2. Availability of Government Issued Identity Documents
Slightly more than one-fifth (21.5 per cent) of the respondents did not have
Family Identity Card i.e. Ration Card.
Only 5.4 per cent of the respondents possess Community Certificate and
remaining 94.6 per cent did not possess Community Certificate.
177
Only 6.3 per cent of the respondents did not have Voter Identity Card remaining
93.7 per cent possess Voter Identity Card.
Only 4.1 per cent of the respondents did not have Aadhaar Card remaining 95.9
per cent have Aadhaar Card.
Less than three-fourth (71.1 per cent) of the respondents did not have Health
Card which was once issued by the Puducherry Government to its citizen for
availing free medical treatment to certain diseases.
Little less than nine-tenth (88.3 per cent) of the respondents possess bank
account.
5.1.1.3. Quality of House and Available Amenities and Infrastructure
As far as the quality of the houses of tribal communities are concerned, Little
less than three-fourth (73.8 per cent) of the houses are “Worst to Live” category
i.e. dilapidated condition among them Irular are 37.1 per cent, Malaikuravan are
13.9 per cent Kattunayakkan are 9.8 per cent Kurumans are 11.4 per cent and
Yerukkula are 1.6 per cent and only 3.3 per cent of the houses are in
“Sophisticated House” Category.
Only 83.9 per cent of the respondents are living in their own houses of which
little more than half (51.8 per cent) of the respondents have built their houses in
the Porambokke land in which the respondents or their family members do not
possess legal entitlement over the land.
Four-fifth (80.9 per cent) of the houses are built with common room only.
Three-fourth (75.5 per cent) of the households did not have bathroom facility
and hence, they take bath in the open places, nine-tenth (90.2 per cent) of the
households did not have toilet facility and hence, they practice open defecation
only.
99.7 per cent of the houses did not have safe drinking water facility of which
72. 5 per cent have relied on common tap water and 27.2 per cent have installed
individual tap water facility in their home.
Slightly less than one-sixth (16.3 per cent) of the houses are not electrified.
84.7 per cent of the households use agriculture residuals and woods
(occasionally Kerosene) as their fuel for cooking and two-third (66.2 per cent)
of the houses practice open place cooking and little more than one-fourth (26.4
178
per cent) of the houses cook in their common room only as the houses are
deprived of independent room for cooking.
Little more than nine-tenth (92.1 per cent) of the households did not receive
television from the Government under ‘Free Television Scheme’.
Two-third (66.2 per cent) of the houses possess mobile phones, 62.9 per cent of
the households possess Government issued Mixer Grinder, 63.8 per cent of the
houses possess Government issued Wet Grinder, only 6.8 per cent of the houses
possess Government issued Table Fan which all were issued under the ‘Free
Scheme’ by the Puducherry Government.
Little less than nine-tenth (88.3 per cent) of the houses did not have livestock in
their family and only 11.7 per cent of the houses have livestock such as Pig and
Goats which are being reared both for family use and business.
5.1.2. Economic and Livelihood Condition of the Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities
Majority (95.6 per cent) of the respondents did not have land ownership (legal
entitlement up on the land) and only 4.4 per cent only have their own land.
Little more than three-fourth (76.8 per cent) of the respondents are working as
agricultural labourers. Only 2.2 per cent of the respondents still practice their
traditional occupation for their livelihood. One-ninth (11.7 per cent) of the
respondents reported during the data collection period that they were
dependents and unemployed.
Little more than two-third (68.6 per cent) of the respondents earn below Rs.
1000 per week and only 2.2 per cent of the respondents earn Rs. 3001 to 3500
per week. The respondents reported that this earning fluctuates ups and downs
and depends upon the seasonal works available to them.
All the respondents had practiced their traditional occupation previously,
however, owing to insufficient income from their traditional occupation and
non-availability of market places to their products. Now 88.0 percent of the
respondents became agriculture labourers as their modern day occupation for
their survival.
Nine-tenth (90.5 per cent) of the respondents did not possess any technical or
specialised skills for venturing into any sort of business for their survival and
179
among the respondents who have specialised skills, 0.3 per cent knew mobile
servicing, 1.6 per cent knew vehicle driving (four wheeler) and 0.5 per cent
knew crackers making.
More than four-ninth (47.4 per cent) of the households have indebtedness of
which 30.5 per cent have debt of Rs. 50,000 - 1,00,000 and 0.6 per cent has debt
up to eight lakhs. Family expenses (29.9 per cent), buying vehicles (2.9 per
cent), house construction (10.9 per cent) and children’s educational expenses
(9.2 per cent) are some of the important reasons for availing loan.
For availing loan, little more than half (55.2 per cent) of the respondents have
approached money lenders, others have got money form their relatives,
neighbours and self-help groups.
Nearly one-fifth (19.5 per cent) of the respondents have mortgaged their
belongings for availing the money, of which 73.8 per cent of them have
mortgaged their jewels and obtained money, 11.8 per cent of them did
compensatory work for availing money.
5.1.3. Health and Sanitation of the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities
From the study, it is ascertained that all the households irrespective of tribal
communities dispose their households’ waste water outside and around the
houses. Moreover, it is observed that there is no proper drainage system
constructed in their settlement or residential places. Therefore the lack of
drainage system has forced them to dispose waste water outside their
households.
Little more than three-fourth (76.0 per cent) of the respondents dispose their
household’s wastages in the open places mostly in and around their houses.
Little more than two-fifth (42.2 per cent) of the respondents did not take one
square meal per day and they reported, in this regard, that inadequate income
was the main reason for not taking sufficient food.
Little more than one-fourth (26.2 per cent) of the respondents have suffered
from some sort of sickness, among which 34.4 per cent have suffered from
chronic body pain, 14.6 per cent suffered from wheezing problem, 6.3 per cent
suffered from low eye sight, 1 per cent each suffered from blood cancer,
filariasis, anemia and tuberculosis respectively.
180
Three-fifth (59.7 per cent) of the respondents have predominantly relied upon
the primary health centre for their medication, followed by government
hospitals (36.2 per cent).
Little more than half (51.8 per cent) of the respondents reported that health
workers or ANMs did not visit their locality.
5.1.4. Awareness and accessibility of Government Welfare Schemes
Out of the eligible respondents (n=103) to avail the welfare schemes, four-
eighth (80.6 per cent) of the respondents avail welfare schemes based on their
eligibility but only little less than two-fifth (19.4 per cent) of the respondents
did not avail.
In the households which have eligible children to send to anganwadi, little more
than two-third (68.3 per cent) of the respondents did not send their children to
anganwadi. Discriminatory practices by the anganwadi officials, frequent
migration of parents for sugarcane cutting to the nearby districts of Tamil Nadu,
India and insufficient dresses to the children were some of the reasons for not
sending their children to the anganwadi.
Only 14.4 per cent of the respondents have availed Mahatma Gandhi National
Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme and remaining not availed due to non-
enrolment and are not called upon.
More than nine-tenth (92.2 per cent) of the respondents were unaware of ‘One
per cent reservation’ which was accorded to the Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities for their socio-economic development.
Only 2.1 per cent of the wards of the respondents have availed the One per cent
reservation for admission in courses in college and university, and in medical
colleges.
93 per cent of the respondents were unaware of Right to Education Act’s
provisions, however remaining 7 per cent were aware of the Right to Education
None of the houses are constructed with the financial aid of the Government.
Though these tribal communities were eligible for availing Indira Awas Yojana,
Rajiv Awas Yojana and Puducherry State run Housing Scheme, none of the
respondents have received such support for constructing their dwelling houses.
181
5.1.5. Results of Chi-square Analysis
Test 1: Availability of Community Certificate and Educational Status
Result: There is a significant association between lack of community certificate and
educational status of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities ( 2 = (df - 1, N=367) = 9.743,
p<0.05). Hence, Research Hypothesis (H1) is accepted and the Null Hypothesis (H0) is
rejected.
Test 2: Educational Status and possession of Specialised / Technical Skills for
venturing into a business
Result: There is no association between the educational status and possession of
technical skill for starting a new business ( 2 (df – 1, N=367) = 1.195, p>0.05).
Therefore, the Null Hypothesis (H0) is accepted and the Research Hypothesis (H1) is
rejected.
Test 3: Land Ownership and Indebtedness in the households of Non-Scheduled
Tribal Communities
Result: There is an association between the Land Ownership and Indebtedness of the
households ( 2 (df - 1, N=367) = 5.512, p>.05) and hence Research Hypothesis (H1) is
accepted and Null Hypothesis (H0) is rejected.
Test 4: Educational Status and Awareness on One Per cent Reservation extended
for Development
Result: there is an association between educational status and awareness on One per
cent reservation ( 2 (df - 1, N=367) = 8.749, p<0.05). Therefore, Research Hypothesis
(H1) is accepted and the Null Hypothesis (H0) is rejected.
Test 5: Taking Meals three times per day and Suffering from Sickness
Result: There is an association between not taking meals three times per day and
suffering from sickness ( 2 (df - 1, N=367) = 6.320, p<0.05). Therefore, Research
Hypothesis (H1) is accepted and the Null Hypothesis (H0) is rejected.
182
5.2. Suggestions
The following are the suggestions given by the respondents during the data collection
and some of the suggestions are furnished by the researcher based on the study.
1. Government shall establish “Tribal Development Section” within the Social
Welfare Department or Adi-Dravidar Welfare Department statutorily. After the
establishment, a Professional Social Worker who has vast experience in Tribal
Development shall be appointed as Section Officer and be entrusted with the
responsibilities of looking after only the matters pertaining to Backward Tribe
Community Development.
2. The Lieutenant Governor of Puducherry should nominate a person as an MLA
from the Backward Tribal Communities. By doing so, on the one hand, political
representation of those communities could be ensured and, on the other hand,
funds could be earmarked under MLA Local Areas Development Fund which
can be utilised for Backward Tribes Development.
3. The President of India should direct the Puducherry Government to establish
Tribal Advisory Council which should be formed with Anthropologists,
Members from Puducherry Scheduled Tribes Welfare Association and eminent
Social Scientists. By doing so, issuance of Community Certificate
4. Puducherry Government should direct the Revenue and Disaster Management
Department not to issue Community Certificate without the consultation and
direction of Tribal Advisory Council. This is because most of the Village
Administrative Officers approve and issue Community Certificates for Tribes
mentioning some other castes names.
5. In each financial budget, One per cent fund allocation out of total budget amount
should be earmarked for implementing tribal development programmes.
6. A detailed survey to know the actual numbers of Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities Population in the form of socio-economic development survey
should be carried out by the government coordinating with the Statistics
Department and the Social Welfare Department.
7. As many as drop-out cases are reported in the study, it is suggested to the
government that all the members from all the tribal families should be issued
‘Fit Card’ (i.e. One Certificate for Community, Nativity and Income) within
time period.
183
8. Teachers shall be oriented about the designated social category (i.e. Backward
Tribes) given to the tribal communities in Puducherry Union Territory and be
advised to mention as such in Transfer Certificate of the Students.
9. Issuing of Ration articles on subsidized rate apart from regular provisions could
reduce the hunger rate among the tribal communities in the study area. Such
initiative could be a boon to them.
10. Puducherry Government has issued land with legal deeds only to the tribal
communities living in Thimma Nayakkan Palayam and Vadhanur villages.
Puducherry District. Therefore, rest of the tribal families living in other parts of
Puducherry Union Territory shall also be allotted the land for constructing
houses which will make them feel secured and to have a decent living condition.
11. Along with the issuance of land, government shall initiate the process of house
construction on target basis. In case government does not take any effort to
provide land and house construction, in future, plenty of landless and houseless
tribal families will emerge with worst socio-economic conditions.
12. All the eligible members from tribal families shall be enrolled in MGNREGS
and be given employment. Such efforts will give hope in guaranteed
employment and income.
13. Life Skill Training can be arranged by various Non-Government Organisations
especially on self-employment and also personal health and sanitation practices.
14. Common Toilet and Bathroom shall be constructed when there is no possibility
of constructing individual bathrooms and toilet in the tribal settlement.
15. On behalf of the concerned Department, the PSTPF along with personnel from
Statistics Department, Social Worker, Economist and Anthropologist could
conduct a periodical surveys regarding the socio - economic status of the Non-
Scheduled Tribal people in Puducherry Union Territories as a whole in order to
devise perspective plan, vision document for long term goals and outcomes.
16. State Government shall take initiative to generate awareness among the Non-
Scheduled Tribal people about the welfare schemes being implemented for their
development through electronic and print media.
184
CHAPTER - 6
CONCLUSION
The modern process of development has failed to include the Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities in its orbit. As a result, they continue to remain poor, marginalised and
powerless communities. Unfortunately their case has not been sufficiently attended to
by the democratic polity and the civil societies. For these very reasons, there is a need
to make concerted efforts towards their development.
By reviewing their conditions from the data, there are many insightful questions rose
in the mind, what is the future of these tribal communities under existing conditions?
and what would be their strategy for survival in future if they remain as they were
earlier?. The study place a record that without getting the Scheduled Tribes status, there
is no way they can benefit from the reservation policy.
It is unbearable to note that these tribal communities in Puducherry have not at all been
recognised as tribes in the census enumeration since 1962 (after Puducherry merged
with India), and have been included in different category of social groups in the
Puducherry administration. These Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities have been
excluded in terms of recognition even after 70 years of independence and even now
they could not enjoy their constitutional privileges as their identity recognition
emphasises.
If these Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities are not provided immediately with
adequate identity documents especially the Community Certificate and Family Identity
Card i.e. Ration Cards, it is impossible for them to avail one per cent reservation both
admission in educational institutions and employment opportunities. Moreover, lack or
non-availability of Community Certificate at present, and non-submission of the same
in the educational institutions make the students not avail the extended privileges or
make them dropout of the schools. Such situation will create high dropout rates in the
study area and in particular among youths. Lack or non-availability of Ration Card will
lead them from not availing ration articles which feeds them at least minimum food
intake for some days.
Therefore, the development of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities rests with
availability of Identity Documents, on the one side, and the implementation of welfare
185
and developmental programmes to them in appropriate manner, on the other side.
Therefore, both possession of identity documents and execution of developmental
programmes will surely pave the way for good living conditions and thereby avoiding
exclusion too. Hence, the dire need of the day is to bridge the gap between the tribals
in Puducherry Union Territory and their counterparts in the South Indian states in the
form of identical recognition i.e. according Scheduled Tribes Status, provisions,
schemes and affirmative action which are enshrined in the Constitution and in the
various Acts, so that the equal development of the tribals could be ensured.
Education plays a vital role in changing the face of any society which applies even to
the Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in Puducherry. In most of the cases, both the
respondents and their family members are illiterate and dropouts, it is questionable
whether they will be aware of the welfare programmes and thereby availing the welfare
programmes.
There is, obviously, a connection between these two aspects of tribal life in Puducherry:
their marginalisation from the benefits of development and their relegation to the
bottom of the social hierarchy.
It is clearly understood that the living condition of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities
are really worse than other citizen living in Puducherry Region. It is everybody’s right
to live in favourable condition, however the respondents are really excluded by various
aspects and is come to know through the study. So the researcher and his research
aspects to conclude that this study, in its true respect, works towards the upliftment of
Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in all their aspects of living and an improved well-
being.
186
REFERENCES
Ahuja, R. (1997). Social Problems in India. Jaipur: Rawat Publications.
Alston, M., & Bowles, W. (September, 2012). Research for Social Workers: An
introduction to methods. Australia: Allen & Unwin Book Publishers.
Arora, V. (2007). Assertive Identities, Indigeneity and the Politics of Recognition as
Tribe: The Bhutias, The Lepchas, and the Limbus of Sikkim. Sociological
Bulletin, 56(2), 195-220.
Bank, W. (2014). Core Welfare Indicators Questionnaire Survey (CWIQ). Retrieved
from Global Health Data Exchange: http://ghdx.healthdata.org/series/core-
welfare-indicators-questionnaire-survey-cwiq
Barker. (2003). The Social Work Dictionary (Vol. 5th Edition). Washington DC:
NASW Press.
Basu, S. (2000). Dimensions of Tribal Health in India. Health and Population -
Perspectives and Issues, 23(2), 61-70.
Biswas, S. K. (2009). Socio-Economic Crisis and Its Consequences on a Little Known
Tribal Community in West Bengal, India. In E. Kolig, Vivienne, Angeles, & S.
Wong, Identity in Crossroad Civilisations - Ethnicity, Nationalism and
Globalism in Asia (pp. 97-113). Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press.
Boelhouwer, J. (2002). Social Indicators and Living Conditions in the Netherlands.
Social Indicators Research, 60, 89-113.
Bryman, A. (2012). Social Research Methods. New York: Oxford University Press.
Burchardt. (2000). Social Exclusion: Concepts and Evidence. In Gordon, & Townsend,
Breadline Europe: The Measurement of Poverty. Bristol: The Policy Press.
Bureau, P. I. (2014, November 28). Committee on Condition of Tribals. Retrieved from
Ministry of Tribal Affairs:
http://pib.nic.in/newsite/PrintRelease.aspx?relid=112080
Cabieses, B., Pickett, K. E., & Tunstall, H. (2012). What are the living conditions and
health status of those who don’t report their migration status? a population-
187
based study in Chile. BMC Public Health, 12(1013). Retrieved from
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3537744/
Chaudhuri, S. K. (2004). Constraints of Tribal Development. New Delhi: Mittal
Publications.
Chaudhury, S. K. (2008). Anthropology of Tribal Development. In S. K. Chaudhury,
& S. M. Patnaik, Indian Tribes and the Mainstream (pp. 239-252). Jaipur:
Rawat Publications.
Chief Secretariate (Welfare). (2010). Notification of Tribes. Department of Stationery
and Printing. Puducherry: Government of Puducherry.
Das, M. B., & Mehta, S. K. (2012). Poverty and Social Exclusion in India: Adivasis.
Washington DC: World Bank. Retrieved March 9, 2013, from
https://www.openknowledge.worldbank.org/handle/10986/26335
Das, M. B., Hall, G., Kapoor, S., & Nikitin, D. (2011). India's Adivasis. New Delhi:
The World Bank - India.
Deogaonkar. (1994). Tribal Administration and Development. NeDelhi: Concept
Publishing Company.
Dragomir, C. I. (2017, March 14). STs, and the politics of exclusion. The Business Line.
Drèze, J., & Kingdon, G. (2001). School Participation in Rural India. Review of
Development Economics, 5(1), 1-24.
Dutta, P. C., & Mandal, R. K. (2011). Globalisation, Growth and Inqequality in North
East India (Vol. 1). New Delhi: Kalpaz Publications.
Ganguli, B., & Gupta, D. (1976). Levels of Living in India: An Inter - State Profile.
New Delhi: S. Chand Publication.
Gijsbers, G., & Vrooman, C. (2007). Explaining Social Exclusion: A Theoritical Model
Tested in the Netherlands. The Hague: The Netherlands Institute for Social
Research / SCP.
Haseena. (2014, June). Tribes in Kerala as the Victims of Dropout - A Study on
Attapady. International Journal of Scientific Research, 3(6), 99-100.
188
Haseena, & Mohammed, A. P. (2014). Scope of Education and Drop Out among Tribal
Students in Kerala - A Study of Tribes in Attapady. International Journal of
Scientific and Research Publications, 4(1).
Heredia, R. C., & Srivastava, R. (1994). Tribal Identity and Minority Status: The
Kathkari Nomads in Transition. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company.
Jayachandran, & Narayan, S. (2011). A Study on the Educational Status of the Tribal
Children with Special Reference to Kuttakarai Village in Jawathu Hills,
Thiruvannamalai District, Tamil Nadu. In A. Chandra, Indigenous Population
and Social Exclusion (pp. 218-225). New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House
Pvt Ltd.
Jayachandran, & Narayan, S. (2013). Social Exclsuion and Quality of Community Life
of the Women with Disabilities in Karaikal District, Puducherry UT. Indian
Journal of Humanities, 18-27.
Jayachandran, & Narayan, S. (2014). Multi-Dimensional Measurement of Social
Exclusion of Persons with Disabilities: A Study from Union Territory of
Puducherry. Asian Journal of Social Science Review, 36-45.
Jayachandran, & Narayan, S. (2015). Quality of Community Life of the Persons with
Disabilities in Karaikal District, Puducherry Union Territory. International
Journal of Research in Management and Social Sciences, 14-23.
Jennifer, T., & Mutch, C. (2015). Perspectives on education, children and young people
in disaster risk reduction. International Journal of Disaster Risk Reduction, 1-
7.
Kabeer, N. (2000). Social Exclusion, Poverty and Discrimination: Towards an
analytical framework in Social Policy in the South. Institute of Development
Studies Bulletin, 31(4), 83-97.
Kadun, P. B., & Gadkar, R. D. (2014). Social Exclusion –Its types and impact on Dalits
in India. IOSR - Journal Of Humanities And Social Science, 19(4), 81-85.
Kamble, J. R. (2008). Critical appraisal of various tribal schemes for the economic
upliftment of scheduled tribes in thane district. Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar
Marathwada University, Department of Commerce. Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar
189
Marathwada University. Retrieved 12 10, 2016, from Shodhganga:
http://hdl.handle.net/10603/79509
Karat, B., & Rawal, V. (2014). Scheduled Tribe Households: A Note on Issues of
Livelihood. Review of Agrarian Studies, 135-158.
Koieng, N. (2015). Living Conditions of the Koireng Tribe in Senapati District of
Manipur. International Journal of Scientific Research and Education, 3(9),
4448-4454.
Krejcie, R. V., & Morgan, D. W. (1970). Determining Sample Size for Research
Activities. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 30, 607-610.
Kumar. (2009). Tribal Development in India. New Delhi: Sarup & Sons.
Lalsangliani. (2008). Grassroots Democracy - The Working of Village Council System
in Mizoram. In J. K. Patnaik, Mizoram: Dimensions and Perspectives - Society,
Economy and Polity (pp. 281-285). New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company.
Laskar, H. R., & Singh, B. K. (2015). The Sixth Schedule of the Indian Constitution.
Indian Journal of Applied Research, 5(5), 19-20.
Majumdar. (1949). The Changing Canvas of Tribal Life. The Eastern Anthropologist,
40-70.
Marx, K. (2016, 08 26). Discriminated by Caste Hindus and Dalits, Irulas Lodge
Complaint. p. 2.
Mehta, P. C. (2006). Development of Indian Tribes. New Delhi: Discovery Publcishing
House.
Ministry of Labour & Employment. (2016). Report on Fifth National Employment -
Unemployment Survey (2015 - 16). Labour Bureau. Chandigarh: Government
of India.
Ministry of Tribal Affairs. (2017). Annual Report 2016-17. New Delhi: Government of
India.
Mohanty. (2006). Encyclopaedia of Scheduled Tribes in India: In Five Volume. New
Delhi: Gyan Publsihing House.
190
Morris, L. (1995). Social Divisions: Economic Decline and Social Structural Change.
London: University Press London College.
Naidu, S. (2009). Identification of the Scheduled Tribes in Pondicherry. Puducherry:
Government of Puducherry.
Naidu, T., Ramadass, M., & Xaviour, D. (1994). People of India - Pondicherry (Vol.
XXXVI). (K. Singh, Ed.) West Bengal: Anthropological Survey of India.
Nathan, D., & Xaxa, V. (2012). Introduction and Overview of Social Exclusion. In D.
Nathan, & V. Xaxa, Social Exclusion and Adverse Inclusion: Development and
Deprivation of Adivasis in India (pp. 1-15). New Delhi: Oxford University
Press.
Nayak, V., & Prasad, S. (1984). On Levels of Living of Scheduled Castes and Schduled
Tribes. Economic and Political Weekly, 19(30), 1205-1213.
Nikku, B. (2013). Children's rights in disasters: Concerns for social work - Insights
from South Asia and possible lessons for Africa. International Social Work, 51-
66. Retrieved June 9, 2014
NSS Report 489. (2002). Housing Conditions in India - Household Amenities and Other
Characteristics. New Delhi: National Sample Survey Organisation.
NSS Report 489. (2005). Housing Condition in India: Household Amenities and Other
Characteristics. New Delhi: Ministry of Statistics and Programme
Implementation.
Patsios, D., & Hillyard, P. (April, 2012). Living Standards in the UK. London:
Economic and Social Research Council.
Pradhan, S. (2004). Educational Deprivation of Scheduled Tribes in India. In S. D.C.,
& Y. S. Sisodia, Tribal Issues in India (pp. 148-156). Jaipur: Rawat
Publications.
Raja, B. (2014). Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in Puducherry - A Development
Perspective. Journal of Research Extension and Development, 3(2), 15-17.
Ramadass, M., Naidu, T., & Xaviour, D. (1994). People of India - Pondicherry (Vol.
XXVI). (K. Singh, Ed.) Madras: Anthropological Survey of India.
191
Rao, P. (2013). Demographic and Economic Status of Scheduled Tribes in Andhra
Pradesh: A Study of Jatapu Tribe in Seethammapeta Mandal in Srikakulam
District. Journal of Social Welfare and Management, 5(4), 207-214.
Rao, S., & Rao, L. (2010). Factors Influencing Socio-Economic Status of the Primitive
Tribal Groups (PTGs) and Plain Tribes in Andhra Pradesh. World Applied
Sciences Journal, 11(2), 235-244.
Rodgers, G. (1995). What is Special about a Social Exclusion Approach? In G.
Rodgers, C. Gore, & J. Figueredo, Social Exclusion:Rhetoric, Reality and
Responses (pp. 46-47). Geneva: International Labour Organisation.
Roy Burman, B. (1986). Historical Ecology of Land Survey and Settlement in Tribal
Areas and Challanges of Development. New Delhi: Council for Social
Development.
Roy, S., Hegde, H. V., Bhattacharya, D., Upadhya, V., & Kholkute, S. D. (2014). Tribes
in Karnataka: Status of Health Research. Indian Journal of Medical Research,
673-687.
Sabar, B. (2012, June 30 - July 7). Questing History: Excluded Citizens and State
Response to Demands for Inclusion. Economic and Political Weekly, 47(26/27),
241-248.
Sahu, K. K. (2014). Challenging Issues of Tribal Education in India. Journal of
Economics and Finance, 3(2), 48-52.
Sau, R. (2006). Non-Scheduled Tribes. Economic and Political Weekly, 41(33), 3550.
Singh, R. (2006). Tribal Development in 21st Century - An Experiment from Manipur.
New Delhi: Mittal Publications.
Sisodia, Y. S. (2004). Tribal People's Empowerment through Grassroots Level
Institutions: A Case of Madhya Pradesh. In S. D.C, & Y. S. Sisodia, Tribal
Issues in India (pp. 103-111). Jaipur: Rawat Publications.
Sonowal. (2014). Social Exclusion and Inclusive Policies. In A. Chandra, Indegenous
Population and Social Exclusion - A Methodological Issue in Studying Tribes
of Assam (pp. 21-34). New Delhi: Discovery Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
192
Sparkes, J., & Glennerster, H. (2002). Preventing Social Exclusion: Education's
Contribution. In J. Hills, J. L. Grand, & D. Piachaud, Understanding Social
Exclusion (pp. 178-201). New York: Oxford University Press.
Srivastava, V. K. (2004). A Note on the Tribal Situation in India. In H. Saksena, V. K.
Srivastava, & S. K. Chaudhury, Schduled Tribes and Development (pp. 40-62).
New Delhi: Serials Publications.
Suresh, D. (2014). Tribal Development Through Five Year Plans in India - An
Overview. The Dawn Journal, 3(1), 794-816.
Tribal Affairs, M. (2014). Statitical Profile of Scheduled Tribes in India 2013. New
Delhi: Statistics Division, Ministry of Tribal Affairs.
Tribal Affairs, M. (2017). Annual Report 2016-17. New Delhi: Government of India.
United Nations. (2009). The State of World's Indigenous Peoples. Department of
Economic and Social Affairs. New York: United Nations Publiations. Retrieved
12 07, 2015, from
www.un.org/esa/socdev/unpfii/documents/SOWIP/en/SOWIP_web.pdf
Vidyarthi. (1980, April-June). Tribal Development Administration. Man in India,
IX(2), 29-34.
Vidyarthi, & Rai, B. K. (1985). The Tribal Culture of India. New Delhi: Concept
Publishing House.
Xaxa, V. (2003). Tribes in India. In V. Das, The Oxford India Companion to Sociology
and Social Anthropology (pp. 373-408). New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Xaxa, V. (2014). State, Society, and Tribes - Issues in Post-Colonial India. New Delhi:
Dorling Kindersley.
193
ANNEXURE – I
புதுச்சேரி மரவட்டத்தில் பட்டியலிடப்படரத பழங்குடியின மக்களின் வரழ்க்கக
நிகையும் ேமுதரய ஒதுக்கலும் பற்றிய ஓர் ஆய்வு
ஆரரய்ச்ேியரளரின் வரக்குமூைம்
எனது பபயர் அ. பகவதி ரரஜர - நரன் புதுகவ
பல்ககைக்கழகத்தில் ேமூக பணித்துகறயில் முகனவர்
பட்ட ஆய்வரளரரக உள்சளன்.
எனது முகனவர் பட்ட ஆய்விற்க்கரக, புதுச்சேரியில்
வரழ்கின்ற பழங்குடி மக்களின் வரழ்க்ககநிகை பற்றியும், அவர்கள் மற்ற ேமூகத்தரல் எவ்வரறு
ஒதுக்கப்பட்டிருக்கிறரர்கள் என்பது பற்றியும் ஆய்வு
சமற்பகரள்கிசறன்.
ஆககயரை, ஆய்வு ேம்பந்தமரக ேிை தகவல்கள்
அளிக்குமரறு தங்ககளக் சகட்டுக்பகரள்கிசறன். சமலும்
தரங்கள் அளிக்கும் தகவல்கள் அகனத்தும், என்னுகடய
கல்வி மற்றும் ஆய்விற்கு மட்டுசம பயன்படுத்தப்படும்
என்பகத உறுதியளிக்கிசறன்.
......................................................
பங்களிப்பவரின் ஒப்புதல்
இந்த ஆரரய்ச்ேியரளர் கூறும் கருத்துக்ககள ஏற்று,
இவரின் ஆரரய்ச்ேியில் பங்குபகரள்ள விருப்பம்
பதரிவித்து, இவர் சகட்கும் வினரக்களுக்கு பதிைளிக்க
ேம்மதிக்கிசறன்.
.............................................
சததி: ----- / - - - / 2016 அட்டவகண எண்: ..........
பபரதுவரன தகவல்கள்
நிர்வரகப்பிரிவு
பகரம்யூன் பஞ்ேரயத்து குறியீடு நகரரட்ேி குறியீடு
அரியரங்குப்பம் ( 1 ) புதுச்சேரி ( 6 )
பரகூர் ( 2 ) உழவர்ககர ( 7 )
மன்னரடிசபட் ( 3 )
பநட்டப்பரக்கம் ( 4 )
வில்லியனூர் ( 5 )
ஊர் / இடத்தின் பபயர் : ..................................................................................... (கட்டரயம்)
வீட்டு எண் : ............................. (கட்டரயம்) / இன்னும் வழங்கப்படவில்கை
வேிக்கும் இடத்தின் வகக : 1) கிரரமம் 2) நகரம்
தகவல் சேகரிப்பவர் பபயர் : ............................................................................
ஆய்வரளர் ஆய்வு பநறியரளர்
அ. பகவதி ரரஜர முகனவர். ேி. ேதீஷ்குமரர்
முகனவர் பட்ட ஆய்வரளர் உதவி சபரரேிரியர்
ேமூகப்பணித்துகற ேமூகப்பணித்துகற
புதுகவ பல்ககைக்கழகம் புதுகவ பல்ககைக்கழகம்
194
வ. எ பதில் அளிப்பவருக்கு
உறவுமுகற
பரலி
னம்
வய
து
கல்
வி #
சவ
கை
@
வரு
மரன
ம் (
ரூப
ரய
ில்)
ஏச
தனு
ம் கு
றிப்
பு
(உத
ர:
மரற்
றுத்
திற
னரள
ி)
அரசு ேரன்றிதழ்கள்* அரசு நைத்திட்டங்கள்^
ேரத
ி ேரன்
று *
வரக்
கரள
ர்
அட்
கட
*
வங்
கி க
ணக்
கு *
ஆத
ரர் அ
ட்க
ட *
முத
ிசய
ரர் உ
தவ
ி
பத
ரக
க
வித
கவ
உ
தவ
ி
பத
ரக
க
மரற்
றுத
ிறன
ரள
ி
உத
வி ப
தரக
க
01 ஆ / பப
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
02 ஆ / பப
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
03 ஆ / பப
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
04 ஆ / பப
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
05 ஆ / பப
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
06 ஆ / பப
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
07 ஆ / பப
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
உ / இ / வி
/ பபர
குறிப்பு:
கல்வி# = [1]….. படிக்கிறரர் [2]….. இகடநிறுத்தம் [3] பள்ளிக்கு பேன்றதில்கை (6 வயதுக்கு சமல்) [4] முன்பருவ பள்ளி ஆம்/இல்கை (5 வயதுக்கு குகறவரக)
சவகை@ = [1] சவகை பேய்கிறரர் [2] ….சவகை இல்கை [3] படிக்கிறரர் [4] ேரர்ந்திருத்தல் (18 வயதுக்கு சமல்) [0] பபரருந்தரது (5 வயதுக்கு குகறவரக உள்ளவர்கள்)
ேரன்றிதழ்* = [1] உண்டு [2] இல்கை [3] விண்ணப்பித்துள்சளன் [0] பபரருந்தரது.
நைத்திட்டங்கள்^ = [1] உண்டு [2] இல்கை [3] விண்ணப்பித்துள்சளன் [0] பபரருந்தரது
195
புதுச்சேரி மரவட்டத்தில் பட்டியலிடப்படரத பழங்குடியின மக்களின் வரழ்க்கக நிகையும் ேமுதரய
ஒதுக்கலும் பற்றிய ஓர் ஆய்வு
1. பபரதுவரன தகவல்கள்
0) பதிைளிப்பவரின் பபயர் : ................................................................................
0) தந்கத / கணவர் பபயர் : ................................................................................
1) பரலினம் : 1) பபண் 2) ஆண்
2) ேமுதரயம் :
1) இருளர் 2) கரட்டுநரயக்கன் 3) குருமன் 4) மகைக்குறவன் 5) எருக்குைர
3) வயது : ................
4) கல்வி / படிப்பு :
1) பள்ளிக்கு பேல்ைவில்கை 2) படிப்பு........... (இகட நிறுத்தம்) 3) படிப்பு.................... (முடித்துள்சளன்)
5) திருமண விவரம் :
1) திருமணம் ஆகவில்கை 2) திருமணம் ஆனவர் 3) வரழ்க்ககத்துகண இழந்தவர் 4) விவரகரத்து பபற்றவர் 5) ககவிடப்பட்டவர்
6) திருமண வகக : 0) பபரருந்தரது 1) ஒசர ேமூகம் 2) மரற்று ேமூகம்
7) திருமணத்தின் சபரது வயது : 0) பபரருந்தரது 1) ...................
8) குடும்பத்தின் வகக : 1) தனிக்குடித்தனம் 2) கூட்டுக்குடும்பம்
வி. எ வினர 1) உண்டு 2) இல்கை (கீசழ கரரணம் குறிப்பிடவும்) 3) விண்ணப்பித்துள்சளன்
9) குடும்ப அகடயரள அட்கட 9.2) 9.3).......... மரதம் / வருடம்
10) ேரதிச் ேரன்று 10.2) 10.3)
11) வரக்கரளர் அகடயரள அட்கட 11.2) 11.3)
12) ஆதரர் அட்கட 12.2) 12.3)
13) வங்கி கணக்கு 13.2) 13.3)
14) மருத்துவ கரப்பீடு அட்கட 14.2) 14.3)
15) நிைம் – உரிகம : 1) இல்கை 2) உண்டு ................ (பேன்ட்/ஏக்கர்)
16) பதரழில் / சவகை : 1) .......................................... 2) சவகையில்கை (..........மரதங்களரக)
3) ேரர்ந்திருப்பவர்
17) சவகை நரள்கள் (சதரரரயமரக) : 1) ..................... / வரரம் / மரதம் 0) பபரருந்தரது
18) ேம்பளம் (சதரரரயமரக) : 1) ரூ. ..................... / நரள் / வரரம் / மரதம் 0) பபரருந்தரது
19) குடும்பத்திலுள்ள பமரத்த உறுப்பினர்கள் : .........................
2. வீட்டின் நிகை: பேரத்துக்களும் வேதிகளும்
1) வீட்டின் தரம் (வீட்டின் தகர, சுவர் மற்றும் கூகரயின்
தன்கம மற்றும் அகவகள் பபறும் மதிப்பபண்
அடிப்பகடயில்)
1) மதிப்பபண்:1-3 – மிகவும் சமரேம்
2) மதிப்பபண்: 4-6 – ஓரளவுக்கு நன்று
3) மதிப்பபண்: 7-9 – வரழ்வதற்கு தகுதியரனது
4) மதிப்பபண்: 10-12 – மிகவும் பேௌகர்யமரனது
தகர
1) மண் தகர மற்றும் ேரதரரண ேிபமன்ட் பூச்சு
2) கரன்கிரீட் ேிபமண்ட் 3) கடல்ஸ்
4) மரர்பல்ஸ்
சுவர்
1) பதன்னங்கீற்று –ேரக்கு/பரலிதீன் கப 2) மண் சுவர்
3) பேங்கல் - ேிபமன்ட் 4) கரன்கிரீட் தூண் – பேங்கல் –
ேிபமண்ட்
சமற்கூகர
1) பதன்னங்கீற்று–ேரக்கு /பரலிதீன் கப 2) ேிபமன்ட் தகடு
3) ஒட்டு வீடு 4) கரன்கிரீட்
2) வீட்டின் மீதரன உரிகம
1) பேரந்த வீடு 2) பேரந்த வீடு – பட்டர அரசு பபயரில் உள்ளது 3) வரடகக வீடு 4) குத்தகக வீடு
3) உங்கள் வீடு அகமந்துள்ள இடம்
1) பேரந்த இடம் 2) அரசு அளித்துள்ள இடம் (பட்டர அரசு பபயரில் உள்ளது) 3) புறம்சபரக்கு நிைம்
4) உங்களது வீட்டில் எத்தகன அகறகள் உள்ளன?
1) தனித்தனி அகறகள் ஏதும் இல்கை – பபரதுவரன அகற மட்டுசம 2) ஒரு தனி அகற - பபரதுவரன அகற தவிர
3) இரண்டு அகறகள் - பபரதுவரன அகற தவிர 4) மூன்று மற்றும் அதற்கு சமல்
5) நீங்கள் அகனவரும் தூங்குவதற்கு சபரதுமரன தனித்தனி அகறகள் உள்ளனவர?1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை
6) உங்கள் குழந்கத (கள்) படிப்பதற்பகன்று தனி அகற ஏசதனும் உள்ளதர? 1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை
7) குளியைகற வேதி
1) இல்கை, திறந்த பவளியில் மட்டுசம 2) அருகில் உள்ளவர்களது / உறவினர்களது வீட்டில்
3) பதன்னங்கீற்று / ேரக்குகபயில் கட்டப்பட்டது 4) பேங்கல் / ஹரசைர பிளரக்ஸ்-ஆல் கட்டப்பட்டது
5) வீட்டில் இகணத்துள்ள குளியைகற
8) கழிப்பிட வேதி
1) இல்கை, திறந்த பவளியில் மட்டுசம 2) அருகில் உள்ளவர்களது / உறவினர்களது வீட்டில்
3) பதன்னங்கீற்று / ேரக்குகபயில் கட்டப்பட்டது 4) பேங்கல் / ஹரசைர பிளரக்ஸ்-ஆல் கட்டப்பட்டது
5) வீட்டில் இகணத்துள்ள கழிப்பகற
9) குடி தண்ணீர் வேதி
1) இல்கை 2) தனிக்குழரய் 3) பபரதுக்குழரய் 4) கிணறு 5) குளம் / ஏரி
6) சுத்திகரிக்கப்பட்ட குடிநீர்
10) மின்ேரர வேதி
1) இல்கை (மண்பணண்பணய் விளக்கு மட்டுசம) 2) குண்டு பல்பு 3) குண்டு பல்பு-டியுப் கைட்
4) டியுப் கைட் மட்டும் 5) டியுப் கைட்-ேி.ஏப்.எல் 6) ேி.ஏப்.எல் மட்டும்
7) குண்டு பல்பு- ேி.ஏப்.எல்
11) ேகமயல் எரிபபரருள்
1) விறகு-தரவரக் குச்ேி 2) விறகு-தரவரக் குச்ேி- மண்பணண்பணய் 3) விறகு-தரவரக் குச்ேி-எல்.பி.ஜி
4) எல்.பி.ஜி மட்டும் 5) எல்.பி.ஜி-மின்ேரர அடுப்பு
12) ேகமப்பதற்கு தனி அகற
1) உண்டு 2) இல்கை – திறந்த பவளி ேகமயல் 3) இல்கை – வீட்டின் பபரது அகறயில்
13) பதரகைக்கரட்ேி : 1) பேரந்தமரக வரங்கியது 2) அரசு வழங்கியது 3) இல்கை
13.1) பதரகைகரட்ேி வகக : 1) 14 அங்குைம் 2) 21 அங்குைம் 3) எல்.ேி.டி. 4) எல்.இ.டி
13.2) .................. வேதியுடன் பதரகைக்கரட்ேி பயன்படுத்துதல் (பயன்படுத்தும் முகற)
1) டி.டி. 2) சகபிள் இகணப்பு 3) டி.டி.எச். இகணப்பு
14) பமரகபல் : 1) ஆமரம். 2) இல்கை
14.1) பமரகபல் வகக : 1) பட்டன் 2) பதரடுதிகர
14.2) குடும்பத்தில் பமரகபலின் எண்ணிக்கக : .................
15) மிக்ேி : 1) பேரந்தமரக வரங்கியது 2) அரசு வழங்கியது 3) இல்கை
16) மின் மரவு அகரப்பரன் - கிகரண்டர் : 1) பேரந்தமரக வரங்கியது 2) அரசு வழங்கியது 3) இல்கை
17) மின் விேிறி : 1) பேரந்தமரக வரங்கியது 2) அரசு வழங்கியது 3) இல்கை
17.1) மின் விேிறி வகக : 1) கூகற மின் விேிறி 2) சமகஜ / தகர மின் விேிறி
18) குளிர் ேரதனப் பபட்டி - பிரிட்ஜ் : 1) உண்டு 2) இல்கை
19) கரல்நகடகள் : 1) ................................ 2) இல்கை
19.1) கரல்நகடயின் பயன்பரடு : 1) வியரபரரம் 2) குடும்ப சதகவக்கு
3. சுத்தமும் சுகரதரரமும்
1) உங்கள் வீட்டிலிருந்து கழிவு நீகர எவ்வரறு பவளிசயற்றுகிரீர்கள்? ............................................................................................
2) உங்கள் வீட்டிலிருந்து கழிவுப்பபரருள்ககள / குப்கபககள எவ்வரறு பவளிசயற்றுகிரீர்கள்? .....................................................
3) நீங்களும், உங்கள் குடும்ப உறுப்பினர்களும் 3 சவகள உணவு உண்கிறீர்களர? 1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை
3.1) இல்கை எனில், ஏன்....................................................................................................
4) பழக்கங்கள்
குடும்ப உறுப்பினர்கள் புககயிகை ேிகபரட் / பீடி மதுபரனம் பவத்தகை ேரரரயம் சபரகதப் பரக்கு
அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ
அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ
அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ
அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ
அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ அ / தி/ எ/ இ
குறிப்பு: [1] அடிகம (எப்பபரழுதும் பயன்படுத்துதல்) [2] தினமும் (3 முகற) [3] எப்சபரழுதரவது [4] இல்கை
5) நீங்கள் ஏசதனும் சநரயரல் பரதிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கிறீர்களர?
1) ஆம் ................................................................................................. 2) இல்கை
6) உங்கள் குடும்ப உறுப்பினர்கள் யரசரனும் சநரயரல் பரதிக்கப்பட்டிருக்கிறரர்களர?
1) ஆம் ................................................................................................. 2) இல்கை
7) சநரகயக் குணப்படுத்த எந்த முகறயில் எந்தவககயரன மருந்து எடுத்துக்பகரள்கிறீர்கள்? (அதிகபட்ே மருத்துவமுகற)
1) நரசன மருந்து எடுத்துக்பகரள்சவன் 2) பரரம்பரிய / நரட்டு மருத்துவம்
3) அருகிலுள்ள ஆரம்ப சுகரதரர கமயம் 4) அருகிலுள்ள தனியரர் மருத்துவர்
5) அரசு மருத்துவமகன
8) உங்கள் வீட்டிற்க்கும் அருகிலுள்ள ஆரம்ப சுகரதரர கமயம் / மருத்துவமகனக்கு உள்ள தூரம்: ..............................................
9) உங்கள் வீட்டுக்கு / பகுதிக்கு, ஆரம்ப சுகரதரர கமய (அ) பேவிலியர் வருகின்றனரர? 1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை
9.1) ஆம் எனில், எத்தகன முகற வந்துள்ளரர்
0) பபரருந்தரது 1) ஒரு முகற 2) இரண்டு முகற 3) மூன்று முகற 4) மூன்று முகறக்கும் சமல்
10) உங்களிடம் கழிப்பகற இருக்கும் பட்ேத்தில், எத்தகன முகற பயன்படுத்துகிறீர்கள்?
0) பபரருந்தரது 1) தினமும் 2) எப்பபரழுதரவது
11) உங்களிடம் கழிப்பகற இல்கைபயனும் பட்ேத்தில், அகத கட்டரமல் இருப்பதற்குக் கரரணம்
1) சபரதிய பணம் இல்கை 2) சபரதிய இடவேதி இல்கை 3) இரண்டும் 4) பிற .............
4. கல்வி - சவகைவரய்ப்பு மற்றும் வரழ்வரதரர நிகை
1) நீங்கள் ஏன் இதுவகர மட்டுசம படித்துள்ளீர்கள்?: .......................................................................................................................
2) உங்கள் குடும்பம் உறுப்பினர்கள் ஏன் இதுவகர மட்டுசம படித்துள்ளரர்கள்? (இகட நிறுத்தம் ஆனவர்கள் மட்டும்)
குடும்பம் உறுப்பினர்கள் கல்வியின் நிகைக்கரன கரரணங்கள்
3) உங்கள் குடும்பத்தின் பூர்வீக பதரழில் என்ன? .........................................................................................................
4) எத்தகன வருடங்களரக இகதச் பேய்கிறீர்கள் / பேய்தீர்கள்: ........................................................................................................
5) தற்சபரது வரழ்வரதரரத்திற்கரக உங்கள் குடும்பம் சமற்பகரள்ளும் பதரழில் ................................................................................
6) பூர்வீக பதரழிலிருந்து தற்சபரது சமற்பகரள்ளும் பதரழிலுக்கு மரறசவண்டிய கரரணம்: .............................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
7) நீங்கள் பேய்யும் பதரழில் மூைம் வரும் வருமரனத்கதப் பயன்படுத்தி, உங்கள் குடும்ப முன்சனற்றம் அகடய வழிவகக
...........................................................................................................................................................................................................
8) தற்சபரது நீங்கள் பேய்யும் பதரழிலில் உள்ள பிரச்ேகனகள்.........................................................................................................
9) தற்சபரகதய சூழலுக்கு ஏற்ப பேரந்தமரக பதரழில் பதரடங்க, உங்களுக்கு பதரழிநுட்ப திறகம உள்ளதர?
1) ஆம் ................................................................................................. 2) இல்கை
10) உங்கள் குடும்பம் உறுப்பினர்கள் யரருக்சகனும் பேரந்தமரக பதரழில் பதரடங்க பதரழிநுட்ப திறகம உள்ளதர?
1) ஆம் ................................................................................................. 2) இல்கை
11) உங்கள் குடும்பத்தில் எத்தகன நபர்கள் வருமரனம் தரக்கூடிய சவகையில் இருக்கிறரர்கள்?
1) யரரும் இல்கை (நரன் மட்டும்) 2) .............................
12) உங்கள் குடும்ப சதகவககள பூர்த்தி பேய்ய, உங்கள் குழந்கத(கள்) –ஐ சவகைக்கு ஈடுபடுத்துவீர்களர / அனுப்புவீர்களர?
1) ேிை சநரங்களில் 2) அதிக சநரங்களில் 3) இல்கை
13) உங்களுக்கு / குடும்பத்தில் உள்ளவர்களுக்கு கடன் உள்ளதர? 1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை
13.1) ஆம் எனில் எவ்வளவு இருக்கும் (சதரரரயமரக) ரூ. .................................
13.2) என்ன கரரணத்திற்கரக கடன் வரங்குவீர்கள் ....................................................................................................................
13.3) யரரிடம் அதிகமரக கடன் வரங்குவீர்கள்: 1) ................................... 2)....................................... 3).....................
13.4) கடகன திரும்பக் பகரடுக்க முடியரத சூழ்நிகையில், உங்களுகடய உகடகமககள / பபரருள்ககள / பேரத்துககள
மரற்றரக பகரடுக்க சநரிட்டதர? 1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை
13.4.1) ஆம் எனில் எகத? .........................................................................................................................................................
5. அரசு நைத்திட்டங்கள் மற்றும் சேகவககளப் பயன்படுத்துதல்
1) கீழ்க்கண்ட நைத்திட்டங்கள் ஏசதனும் ஒன்கற பபறுகிறீர்களர? (வினர: 1.1-ல் உள்ள நைத்திட்டங்ககள வரேிக்கவும்)
1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை 3) விண்ணப்பித்துள்சளன் 4) பபரருந்தரது
1.1) ஆம் எனில்,
1) முதிசயரர் உதவித்பதரகக 2) விதகவ உதவித் பதரகக
3) மரற்றுத் திறனரளிகள் உதவித்பதரகக 4) பிற ................................................................................
1.2) இல்கை எனில், கரரணம்
1) அதிகரரிகள் கரைம் கடத்துவதரல் விருப்பம் இல்கை 2) அதிகரரிகள் ககயூட்டு சகட்பதரல் விருப்பம்
3) விண்ணப்பிக்கும் முகற பதரியவில்கை 4) பபரருந்தரது
1.3) விண்ணப்பித்துள்ளீர்கள் எனில், எத்தகன மரதங்கள் / வருடம் ஆகிவிட்டது? .........................................
2) உங்கள் குழந்கத(கள்)-ஐ அங்கன்வரடிக்கு அனுப்புகிறீர்களர?
0) பபரருந்தரது 1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை 2.1) இல்கைபயனில் கரரணம் .........................................
3) உங்கள் குடும்ப பபண்கள், அங்கன்வரடியிலிருந்து ேத்துணவுப் பபரருள்ககள பபறுகிறரர்களர?
1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை 2.1) இல்கைபயனில் கரரணம் .........................................................................
4) உங்கள் குழந்கத(கள்) ஏசதனும் கல்வி உதவித் பதரகக பபற்றிருக்கிறரர்களர?
0) பபரருந்தரது 1) ஆம் உ.பப:................................................................... பதரகக: ........................
2) இல்கை. 2.1) இல்கைபயனில் கரரணம் .........................................................................
5) உங்களிடம் குடும்ப அட்கட இருக்கும் பட்ேத்தில், சரேன் பபரருள்ககள ேரியரன சநரத்திற்கு பபறுகிறீர்களர?
0) பபரருந்தரது 1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை
6) நீங்கள் 100 நரள் (மகரத்மர கரந்தி சதேிய ஊரக சவகை உறுதியளிப்புத் திட்டம்) சவகைக்கு பேல்கிறீர்களர?
0) பபரருந்தரது (நகரம்) 1) ஆம் 2) பபயகரப் பதியவில்கை
3) பதிந்துள்சளன். ஆனரல் சவகைக்கு கூப்பிடவில்கை
7) உங்கள் குடும்ப உறுப்பினர்கள் யரசரனும் 100 நரள் சவகைக்கு பேல்கிறரர்களர?
0) பபரருந்தரது (நகரம்) 1) யரருமில்கை 2) ........................................... (நபர்கள்)
8) உங்கள் கல்வித் தகுதிகய சவகை வரய்ப்பு அலுவைகத்தில் பதிந்துள்ளீர்களர?
0) பபரருந்தரது(10-ஆம் வகுப்புக்கு கீழ்) 1) ஆம் 2) இல்கை
9) உங்களின் முன்சனற்றத்திற்கும், உங்கள் ேமுதரய முன்சனற்றத்திற்கும், புதுச்சேரி அரசு கல்வி மற்றும் சவகைவரய்ப்பில் 1
ேதவீத இட ஒதுக்கீடு பகரடுத்துள்ளது.
1) ஆம், நரன் அறிசவன் 2) இல்கை, அது பற்றி பதரியரது
9.1) நீங்கள் அறிந்திருக்கும் பட்ேத்தில், அகத பயன்படுத்தி இருக்கிறீர்களர?
1) ஆம் ..................................................................... 2) இல்கை ...................................................................... (கரரணம்)
9.2) உங்கள் குடும்ப உறுப்பினர்கள் யரசரனும் அகத பயன்படுத்தி இருக்கிறரர்களர?
1) ஆம் ..................................................................... 2) இல்கை ...................................................................... (கரரணம்)
10) உங்கள் குழந்கத(கள்)-ஐ, கட்டரய கல்வி உரிகம ேட்டத்தின் படி தனியரர் பள்ளியில் இைவே கல்வி கற்க சேர்த்து உள்ளீர்களர?
0) பபரருந்தரது 1) விழிப்புணர்வு இல்கை 2) ஆம் 3) இல்கை 4) மறுத்துவிட்டனர்
11) நீங்கள் வேிக்கும் வீடு எந்த அரசுத்திட்டத்தின் கீழ் கட்டப்பட்டது? (பேரந்த வீடு இருந்தரல் மட்டும் இவ்வினர பபரருந்தும்)
0) பபரருந்தரது 1) இந்திரர குடியிருப்பு திட்டம் 2) ரரஜீவ் குடியிருப்பு திட்டம்
3) கரமரரஜர் குடியிருப்பு திட்டம் 4) பேரந்தமரக கட்டியது 5) பதரண்டு நிறுவனம் கட்டியது
ANNEXURE - II
Living Condition and Social Exclusion of Non-Scheduled Tribal Communities in
Puducherry District, Puducherry Union Territory
Consent Form
Undertaking by the Researcher Participant’s Consent
This study entitled “Living Condition and
Social Exclusion of Non-Scheduled Tribal
Communities in Puducherry District, Union
Territory of Puducherry” intends to disclose
the condition of Backward Tribal
Communities living in Puducherry and their
exclusion in various forms.
This interview will be conducted at your
convenience lasting 20 to 30 minutes. The
information which you furnish will be used
for academic purpose and kept strictly
confidential.
………………………………
I have been informed about the purposes and
procedures of the study. I have understood
that I have the right to refuse my consent or
withdraw from the study at any point.
I ……………………. the undersigned, give
my consent to be a participant for the study.
………………………..
Interview Date: .…/…./ 2016 Schedule No: ……..
General Information
Administrative Division : Puducherry District
Commune Panchayat Code Municipality Code
Ariyankuppam ( 1 ) Puducherry ( 6 )
Bahour ( 2 ) Ozhavarkarai ( 7 )
Mannadipet ( 3 )
Nettapakkam ( 4 )
Villiyanur ( 5 )
Name of the Place / Village : ……………………………… Door Number: ………
Type of Locality : (a) Rural (b) Urban
Name of the Interviewer : Mr / Ms.. …………………………….……….
Researcher Research Supervisor
Bagavathi Raja. A. Dr. C. Satheeshkumar
PhD Research Scholar Assistant Professor
Department of Social Work
Pondicherry University
1. General Information
(0) Name of the Respondent : Mrs. / Mr. …………………………….… (Mandatory)
(0) Father / Husband’s Name : Mr. ……………………………………….(Mandatory)
(1) Sex : 1) Female 2) Male
(2) Tribal Community :
(1) Irular (2) Kattunayakkan (3) Kurumans (4) Malaikuravan
(5) Yerukkula
(3) Age : ……
(4) Education :
(1) Illiterate (2) Drop Out …………. (3) Completed ……….
(5) Marital Status :
(1) Unmarried (2) Married (3) Widow / Widower
(4) Divorced (5) Deserted
(6) Type of Marriage : (0) N. A. (1) Same Community (2) Inter-Caste
(7) Age at Marriage : (0) N. A. (1) ………..
(8) Type of Family : (1) Individual Family (2) Joint Family
Q. No Identity Documents 1) Yes 2) No (Mention the
Reason)
3) Applied (Month /
Year Past)
(9) Family Identity Card
(10) Community Certificate
(11) Voter Identity Card
(12) Aadhaar Card
(13) Bank Account
(14) Health Insurance Card
(15) Land Holding : (1) No (2) Yes …… (Cents / Acres)
(16) Occupation : (1) ……………… (2) Unemployed …… (Months)
(3) Dependent
(17) Working Days (Approximate) : (1) ……… per Week / Month (0) N. A.
(18) Earnings (Approximate) : (1) Rs ……… per Day / Week /Month (0) N.A
(19) Total Family Members : …………………………………….
S.
No
Relation to
Respondent Sex
Age
Ed
uca
tion
#
Occ
up
ati
on
@
Earn
ing (
in R
s.)
Rem
ark
s
Government Issued Identity Documents * Government Welfare
Schemes ^
Com
mu
nit
y
Cer
tifi
cate
Vote
r ID
Ban
k
Acc
ou
nt
Aad
haar
Card
Hea
lth
Insu
ran
ce
Card
Old
Age
Pen
sion
Wid
ow
Pen
sion
Dif
feren
tly
Ab
led
Pen
sion
01 M / F
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
02 M / F
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
03 M / F
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
04 M / F
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
05 M / F
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
06 M / F
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
07 M / F
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Y / N /
A / N.A
Note:
Education # = [1] …….Studying [2] ……Dropped Out [3] Never Been to School (Above 6 Years) [4] Anganwadi Yes / No (Before 5 years)
Occupation @ = [1] Working [2] Unemployed [3] Studying [4] Dependent (18 Years of Age) [0] N.A. (Below 5 Years)
Government Issued Identity Documents * = [1] Yes [2] No [3] Applied [4] N.A.
Government Welfare Schemes ^ = [1] Yes [2] No [3] Applied [4] N.A.
2. Housing Conditions – Assets and Infrastructure
(1) Quality of the House (Scores
Assigned based on the condition of Floor,
Wall and Roof)
(1) Score: 1 – 3 – Very Worst to Live
(2) Score: 4 – 6 – Somewhat to Live
(3) Score: 7 – 9 – Good to Live
(4) Score: 10 – 12 – Sophisticated
One
Floor
(1) Mud (Including ordinary cement
flooring)
(2) Concrete Cement (3) Tiles
(4) Marbles
Wall
(1) Thatched – Rice Bags / Polythene
Cover
(2) Mud (3) Bricks & Cement
(4) Concrete Pillar – Bricks & Cement
Roof
(1) Thatched – Rice Bags / Polythene
Cover
(2) Asbestos (3) Tiles (4) Concrete
(2) Ownership of the House
(1) Own House (2) Own House – Govt Patta (3) Rental House
(4) Lease House
(3) Location of the House
(1) Own Land (2) Govt Issued Land (3) Porambokke Land
(4) How many rooms your house has?
(1) Common Room Only (2) One Room with Common Room
(3) Two Rooms with Common Room (4) Three & Above Rooms
(5) Does your house have adequate room for sleeping separately? (1) Yes (2) No
(6) Does your house have independent room for Children’s study? (1) Yes (2) No
(7) Bathing Facility
(1) No, Open Bathing (2) Neighbour’s Bathroom
(3) Thatched / Rice Bag (4) Bricks / Hollow Blocks
(5) Attached Bathroom
(8) Toilet Facility
(1) No, Open Defecation (2) Neighbour’s Bathroom
(3) Thatched / Rice Bag (4) Bricks / Hollow Blocks
(5) Attached Toilet Facility
(9) Drinking Water Facility
(1) No (2) Individual Tape (3) Common Tape
(4) Well (5) Lake / Pond (5) Water Purifier Plant
(10) Electricity Facility
(1) Kerosene Lamp (2) Bulb Alone (3) Bulb & Tube
(4) Tube Alone (5) Tube & CFL (6) CFL Alone
g) Bulb & CFL
(11) Fuel for Cooking
(1) Fire Wood & Crop Residuals alone (2) Wood - Crop Residuals & Kerosene
(3) Wood - Crop Residuals & LPG (4) LPG Alone
(5) LPG & Induction
(12) Individual Room for Cooking
(1) Yes (2) No, Outside the House (3) No, Inside the Common Hall
(13) Television : (1) Own Purchase (2) Government Issued (3) No
(13.1) Type of Television
(1) 14 Inch (2) 21 Inch (3) LCD (4) LED
(13.2) Usage of Television with ………………….
(1) DD (2) Cable Connection (3) DTH Connection
(14) Mobile : (1) Yes (2) No
(14.1) Type of Mobile : (1) Keypad (2) Touch Screen
(14.2) Number of Mobiles in the Family: ………….
(15) Mixer Grinder : (1) Own Purchase (2) Government Issued (3) No
(16) Grinder : (1) Own Purchase (2) Government Issued (3) No
(17) Fan : (1) Own Purchase (2) Government Issued (3) No
(17.1) Type of Fan : (1) Ceiling Fan (2) Table Fan
(18) Refrigerator : (1) Yes (2) No
(19) Livestock : (1) Yes………………………….. (2) No
(19.1) It’s Usage : (1) For Business (2) For Family Needs
3. Health and Sanitation
(1) Waste Water Sewage System in your house :……………………………...….
(2) Mode of Disposal of Wastages from the house : …………………………………
(3) Do you and family members take meals 3 times a day?: (1) Yes (2) No
(3.1) If No, Reason : ………………………………………………..
(4) Have you been suffering from any disease? (Since last 6 months)
(1) Yes …………………………………………………………… (2) No
(5) Family Members suffering from disease? (Since last 6 months)
(1) Yes …………………………………………………………… (2) No
(6) Mode of Medication, in case suffered from disease? (Maximum Preference)
(1) Self - Medication (2) Traditional Medicine (3) Primary Health Centre
(4) Private Hospital / Clinic (5) General Hospital
(7) Proximity between your locality and the hospital : …………… meter / km
(8) Does Health Worker visit your locality / house? (Since last 6 months)
(1) Yes (2) No
(8.1) If yes, frequency of visit
(0) N. A. (1) One Time (2) Two Times (3) Three Times
(4) More than Three Times
(9) If you have toilet facility, frequency of its usage (Both Urination and Defecation)
(0) N. A. (1) Regular (2) Occasional
(10) If you don’t have toilet facility, reasons for non-availability
(1) Insufficient Money (2) Insufficient Location (3) Both
(4) Other Reasons………………………….
4. Education – Employment - Livelihood
(1) Why your education is up to this level only? : ………………………………………
(2) Reasons for discontinuation of education of your family members
Family Members Reasons for Educational Standards
(3) Traditional Occupation : …………………………………………
(4) How long you perform / performed? : …………………………………………
(5) Present Occupation your family engage in for livelihood:
………………………………....
(6) Reasons for changing from Traditional Occupation to Present Occupation:
…………………………………………………………………………………
(7) Ways for development from your occupation and earnings :
…………………………………………………………………………………
(8) Problems facing in your occupation : …………………………………………
(9) Do you have any technical or special skill for starting new venture as per the
situation?
(1) Yes ……………………………………….. (2) No
(10) Does any of your family member have technical or special skill for starting new
venture?
(1) Yes ……………………………………….. (2) No
(11) How many members in your family are in the position of earning money through
employment? (1) None, except me (2) ………….
(12) Do your children get involved in employment for meeting out your family needs?
(1) Sometimes (2) Most of the Times (3) No
(13) Loan / Debt Status of your family : (1) Yes (2) No
(13.1) If Yes, How much (Approximate) : Rs .………………..
(13.2) For What Reason, you got loan? : …………………………………………
(13.3) From whom, you usually get loan? : (1) …………… (2) ……………………
(13.4) In case of default, will you mortgage any belongings? : (1) Yes (2) No
(13.4.1) If you mortgage for loan default, which one? : …………………………
Accessing Government Welfare Programmes and Social Security Schemes
(1) Do you avail any of the following Social Security Scheme? (Read Q. 1.1)
(1) Yes (2) No (3) Applied (4) N.A.
(1.1) If Yes,
(1) Old Age Pension (2) Widow Pension
(3) Differently Abled Persons Pension (4) Others If Any ………………
(1.2) If No, State the Reason
(1) Red Tapism (2) Bribing (3) Not Aware of Application Procedure
(1.3) If Applied, How many Months / Year past? : ………………………………
(2) Do you send your child / Children to Anganwadi?
(1) N. A. (1) Yes (2) No
(2.1) If No, State the Reasons : …………………………………………
(3) Do you avail nutritional supplements from Anganwadi?
(1) Yes (2) No
(3.1) If No, State the Reasons :…………………………………………
(4) Do / did your children avail any scholarship?
(0) N. A. (1) Yes (How Much……..) (3) No …………………..
(5) If you have Family Identity Card, do you avail ration articles on time?
(0) N. A (1) Yes (2) No
(6) Do you avail 100 Days (MGNREG Scheme) employment?
(0) N. A. (Urban Area) (1) Yes (2) Not Enrolled
(3) Enrolled but Not called upon
(7) Do any of your family members avail 100 Days (MGNREG Scheme) employment?
(0) N. A. (Urban Area) (1) None (2) ……………… Persons
(8) Have you registered your educational qualification in employment office?
(0) N.A. (Standard below 10th) (1) Yes (2) No
(9) Government has accorded and extended one per cent reservation for admission in
educational institutions and employment in Group C & D posts.
(1) Yes, I aware (2) No, I am not aware
(9.1) If you are aware, have you availed it?
(1) Yes (2) No, State the Reason ………………..
(9.2) Does any of your family members have availed it?
(1) Yes (2) No, State the Reason ………………..
(10) Have you admitted your children in Private Schools under RTE Act? Awareness
and Utilisation
(0) N. A. (1) Not Aware of RTE (2) Aware RTE & Admitted
(3) Aware RTE but Not admitted (4) Aware RTE but refused admission
(11) Under which scheme, your house has been constructed?
(1) Indira Awas Yojana (2) Rajiv Awas Yojana
(3) Kamarajar Housing Scheme (4) Constructed by own
(5) NGO Constructed
ANNEXURE - III
Ethical Clearance Certificate
ANNEXURE – IV
Right To Information Reply from Government Officials
Census Operations – Puducherry Region
District Collectorate - 1
District Collectorate - 2
Puducherry Taluk Office
Bahour Taluk Office
Villianur Taluk Office
Outlgaret Taluk Office
